You are on page 1of 339

Sigma Coatings

Protective Coatings
and Marine Business Unit
PO Box 42,
1420 AA Uithoorn,
The Netherlands.
Tel: +31 (0) 297 541911
Fax: +31 (0) 297 564086
E-mail:
siguitpc@sigmakalon.com
Website:
www.sigmacoatings.com
A member of the SigmaKalon
Group of Companies
PROTECTIVE
COATINGS MANUAL
PREPARATION AND COATING
OF METAL SUBSTRATES
S I GMA COATI NGS
PROTECTI VE COATI NGS
Protecting the Future
2000
P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
V
E

C
O
A
T
I
N
G
S

M
A
N
U
A
L
P
R
E
P
A
R
A
T
I
O
N

A
N
D

C
O
A
T
I
N
G

O
F

M
E
T
A
L

S
U
B
S
T
R
A
T
E
S
June 2000
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 12-1995

GREEN SECTION - SYSTEM SELECTION
Sheet nrs
General introduction 4001
System selection for internal and external exposure 4005
Quality aspects of major maintenance coatings 4006
Tools for maintenance management 4007
Relation between pretreatment - paint system - expected life time 4008
Indication of resistance of coatings to immersion and splash 4009
Systems for internal dry exposure 4010 - 4019
Systems for internal wet exposure 4020 - 4029
Systems for rural atmospheric exposure 4030 - 4039
Systems for industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure 4040 - 4049
Systems for atmospheric exposure and abrasion-impact 4050 - 4059
Systems exposed to high temperatures 4060 - 4069
Systems for immersion in water and subsoil 4070 - 4079
Systems for immersion in chemicals 4080 - 4089
Systems for immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil 4090 - 4099
Systems for immersion in waste water and slurry 4100 - 4109
Various systems for special conditions 4110 - 4119
Damp steel surfaces
Zinc silicate primed steel
Zinc epoxy primed steel


RED SECTION - GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS
Sheet nrs
Conversion tables 1410
Explanation to product data sheets 1411
Nomograph conversion from English units to metric units 1412
Safety indications 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety explosion hazard - toxic hazard 1431
Directives for ventilation practice 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust 1490
Specification for mineral abrasives 1491
Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature 1650
Zinc silicates - Quality aspects application 1706
Certificates for potable water 1882




page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000 Contents
May 2000

BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
Sheet nrs
Product data sheets alphabetical 7005
Product data sheets generic 7006
Sigmaferro primer ZP 7131
Sigmetal mioprimer 7145
Sigmetal Construction 7149
Sigmasteel QD 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish 7234
Sigmaferro selfcleaning white 7237
Sigmaferro gloss 7239
Sigmetal finish 7251
Sigmaferro build coat 7255
Sigmaferro semigloss 7256
Sigmaferro aluminium 7264
Sigma Proferral PR 7370
Sigmacover zinc primer 7402
Sigma Phenguard primer 7409
Sigmacover CM primer 7412
Sigmacover primer 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer 7414
Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade 7414WG
Sigmarite sealer 7420
Sigmacover CM miocoat 7427
Sigmacover ST 7428
Sigmacover ST wintergrade 7428WG
Sigmaguard EHB 7433
Sigma Phenguard coating 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish 7436
Sigmaguard CSF 7443
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 7447
Sigmaguard HS 7448
Sigma Novaguard 7453
Sigmacover CM coating 7456
Sigma TCN 300 7472
Sigmaguard CSF 75 7475
Sigmacover Armour Compound 7490
Sigma wet blast inhibitor 7499
Sigmadur HB finish 7524
Sigmadur gloss 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss 7530




page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000
Contents
May 2000
BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
Sheet nrs
Sigma Silguard MC 7551
Sigmatherm silicate 7555
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 7558
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 7560
Sigmatherm siloxane 7563
Sigmatherm silacryl 7565
Sigmacover HS zinc primer 7702
Sigmacover DTM coating 7726
Sigma Novashield 7744
Sigmaguard CSF 85 7785
Sigma EP Steeline 7802
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4000
Contents
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

The main task of protective coatings is to prevent or control corrosion. Uncontrolled corrosion can cause
serious damage to capital investments and can endanger human life. Therefore, optimum selection and
application of protective coatings is of tremendous importance.

During its service life a protective coating system deteriorates as a result of exposure to ultraviolet light,
moisture, fluctuating temperatures, chemicals, abrasion and many other factors.

Proper and timely maintenance is required to obtain the optimum performance from a protective coating
system. However, selection and application of maintenance coating systems is more complicated than for
new construction. Climatic conditions, chemical exposure, available time, budget, health and safety, low
grade surface preparation, these and other conditions have an influence on the selection and application of
the optimum maintenance system.

A maintenance system intended for total repair may often be the same as one for new construction, but
special construction and project requirements met in a new building may require alteration. For most
exposure conditions a possible new construction system is included besides the appropriate maintenance
systems. Note that for new construction also seperate manuals are available for individual market segments

This manual contains information about the following subjects.

Coating systems
Recommended coating systems for maintenance, total repair, and new construction including coatings
specially designed to cope with one or more of the prevailing adverse conditions.
Compatibility
Recommended coating systems (generically) in relation to exposure conditions and existing coating
systems.
Quality
Qualitative aspects of various generic coating types
Compendium
A compendium providing information about surface preparation, paint application, corrosion phenomena,
typical maintenance procedures and other aspects needed to manage corrosion problems.
Performance expectancy
The expected performance life related to the coating system/surface preparation/dry film thickness and
exposure conditions.




page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION
4001 General introduction
May 2000
Problem solving
Problem solving in the corrosion and coating field
Proper use of this manual - if needed in combination with a site survey - will assure that cost effective
coating systems and application procedures are recommended.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4001
General introduction
a nine page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

The exposure definitions and compatibility tables are used as follows.
Firstly select the appropriate exposure condition. Then compare this exposure condition with the generic
type of the existing coating system in the following tables. This indicates the system types which may be
considered for maintenance.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXPOSURE CONDITIONS

1) INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE
Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.
Relative humidity below 60%

2) INTERNAL WET (HUMID) EXPOSURE
Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmosphere with low pollution and dry climate.
Relative humidity up to 80%

3) RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet radiation, but is normally less
aggressive than an industrial or coastal environment.
Average sulphur dioxide content is lower than 10 g per m air.
Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

4a) INDUSTRIAL POLLUTED ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical pollution will accelerate the corrosion
process and requires consideration regarding increased acidic fall out. The main effect is corrosion due
to sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of
more than 10 g per m air.

4b) SEA, COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE
Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will accelerate the corrosion process,
aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more than 12 mg per litre rain.

5) ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT
Same conditions as for industrial polluted atmospheric exposure can be expected; additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected. (see also 4a-4b).



page 1/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005 System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000

6) HIGH TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE
High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater importance than the general
atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be considered.

7) IMMERSION IN WATER (with or without cathodic protection)
Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil water and splashzone are considered as immersion conditions.

8) IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND/OR SLURRIES (cathodic protection)
Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and domestic water systems, with
pH between 3 and 10 and where abrasion can be expected.

9) IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS
Immersion in chemicals like acids, alkalis and solvents.
Specific corrosion hazards from both liquid and vapour.

10) IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL
Immersion in aliphatic white petroleum products and crude oil.


SEQUENCE OF SEARCH FOR THE BEST COATING SYSTEM.

1 = Determine the exposure conditions, see the description.
2 = In case of maintenance, determine the type of coating or the coating system that has been used
previously.
3 = Look for a possible maintenance or new construction system.
4 = Check if the choice for the coating system is correct.
5 = Look for the specification of the system under the specific number in this manual.
6 = Study 4007; tools for maintenance management.



page 2/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000

Internal dry or wet conditions
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE INTERNAL DRY (1) INTERNAL WET (2)
SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ ACR ALKYD EP/ ACR EP/
PUR DISP PUR DISP PUR
NUMBER 4010 4011 4012 4020 4021 4022 4024
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + + + + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + # + + # # + # #
EPOXY ESTER + + + + + + # #
URETHANE ALKYD + + + + + + # #
CHLORINATED RUBBER # + # + +
VINYL # + # + +
EPOXY + + + # + + +
ZC + EP + + + + + +
POLYURETHANE + + + # + + +
ZC + PUR + + + + + +

ACR = Acrylic + = recommended
CR = Chlorinated rubber # = suitable, subject to detailed info
DISP= Dispersion = not recommended
EP = Epoxy
PUR = Polyurethane
ZC = Zinc containing



page 3/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000

Rural conditions
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE EXTERNAL RURAL (3)
SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ ACR HS/EP
PUR PUR
NUMBER 4030 4031 4032 4034
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + # + #
EPOXY ESTER + + + +
URETHANE ALKYD + + + +
CHLORINATED RUBBER # +
VINYL # +
EPOXY + + + +
ZC + EP + + +
POLYURETHANE + + + +
ZC + PUR + + +

Powdercoatings
Epoxy # + # +
Epoxy-polyester # + # +
Polyester # + # +
Polyurethane # + # +

Stoving enamels
Alkyd-amino + + # +

Coil coatings
Acr-sil.polyester # + # +
Polyvinylydene-
fluoride
Polyvinylchloride + # +
Plastisols #
ACR= Acrylic + = recommended
CR= Chlorinated Rubber # = suitable, subject to detailed info
DISP = Dispersion = not recommended
EP= Epoxy
PUR = Polyurethane
SIL = Silicone
ZC = Zinc containing


page 4/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000

Industrial or coastal conditions
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE EXTERNAL INDUSTRIAL/COASTAL (4)
SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ HS/EP
PUR PUR
NUMBER 4040 4041 4042
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + # #
EPOXY ESTER + + #
URETHANE ALKYD + + #
CHLORINATED RUBBER #
VINYL #
EPOXY + + +
ZC + EP + +
POLYURETHANE + + +
ZC + PUR + +

Powdercoatings
Epoxy # + +
Epoxy-polyester # + +
Polyester # + +
Polyurethane # + +

Stoving enamels
Alkyd-amino + + #

Coil coatings
Acr-sil.polyester + #
Polyvinylydene-
fluoride
Polyvinylchloride + #
Plastisols #

ACR = Acrylic SIL = Silicone + = recommended
CR = Chlorinated Rubber ZC = Zinc containing # = suitable, subject to detailed info
EP = Epoxy = not recommended
HS = High Solids
MOD= Modified
PUR = Polyurethane



page 5/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000

Atmospheric conditions + abrasion or impact
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE ATMOSPHERIC AND ABRASION OR IMPACT (5)
SYSTEM EP/SF EP/HS
NUMBER 4050 4051
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD
EPOXY + +
SILICONE
SILICATE # #
POLYURETHANE + +



page 6/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000
System selection for internal and external exposures
High temperatures
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE HIGH TEMPERATURE (6)
175C 350C 200C 450C 400C
SYSTEM ALKYD ACRYLIC EPOXY SILICONE SILICATE
NUMBER 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
ALKYD + +
EPOXY # +
SILICONE #
SILICATE + # # +
POLYURETHANE # +
EP = Epoxy + = recommended
HS = High solid # = suitable, subject to detailed info
SF = Solvent free = not recommended
page 7/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005 System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000
Immersion in water - waste water slurry
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE IMMERSION WATER (7)
MAX.TEMP. 70 C 50-70 C 70 C 50 C 100 C
SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY PHEN
TAR SF HS HS EPOXY
NUMBER 4070 4071 4072 4073 4076
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
CHLORINATED RUBBER
EPOXY + + + +
EPOXY TAR + # # #
BITUMEN

COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE WASTE WATER (8) SLURRY
SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY
HS TAR HS SF
NUMBER 4100 4101 4102 4103
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + +

Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
CHLORINATED RUBBER
EPOXY + # + +
EPOXY TAR # + #
BITUMEN




page 8/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005

System selection for internal and external exposure
May 2000
Immersion in refined petroleum products - crude oil chemicals
COATING SYSTEM
EXPOSURE IMMERSION CHEMICALS (9) REFINED PETROLEUM (10)
PRODUCTS - CRUDE OIL
SYSTEM EPOXY PHEN EPOXY ZINC EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY
HS EPOXY SF SILICATE HS TAR SF
NUMBER 4080 4081 4082 4083 4090 4091 4092
New Construction or
total repair
BARE METAL + + + + + + +
Intact areas full coat
and spotrepair;
Existing coating system
EPOXY-AMINE # + # + # #
EPOXY-AMIDE + + + + # #
PHEN-EP-AMINE # + # + #
EPOXY-ISOCYANATE # # + #
POLYURETHANE # # + #
COAL TAR-EPOXY # # # #
ZINC SILICATE + # + + #
EP = Epoxy + = recommended
HS = High solids # = suitable, subject to detailed info
PHEN = Phenolic = not recommended
SF = Solvent free
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 9/9
STEEL PROTECTION
4005 System selection for internal and external exposure
a five page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

GENERAL
Coating system specifications for maintenance or new construction are the result of a techno/economic
analysis. A coating system is more than just the specified number of generic coats.

The following items should be considered:
Cleaning procedure before mechanical surface preparation
Standard of surface preparation of damaged and/or corroded areas
Choice and specification of coating materials and system composition in relation to the paint system to be
repaired
Data concerning acceptable limits for environmental conditions during application and drying of the
coating materials
Data concerning upper and lower limits for dft and minimum and maximum overcoating times
Expected exposure conditions in service
Expected lifetime in relation to costs involved

To ensure good coating adhesion it is essential that the surface to be painted is dry and free from rust, dirt,
dust and debris that might prevent the paint adhering to the surface. Roughening of the surface in order to
improve the adhesion may be required.

It is not always possible to obtain a perfect coating application, therefore special attention should be given to
areas of difficult access or which have sharp edges, in order to obtain the specified dry film thickness (dft).
In practice no coating system is completely impermeable and the rate at which oxygen, water or aggressive
chemicals penetrate reflects the durability of the coating system.

Water soluble matter, if left on the surface to be painted, causes rapid deterioration (blistering) when the
coating is exposed to moisture (condensation) or immersed in water or chemicals.

Performance properties of coatings
A classification of coatings based on generic type, related to the film properties and the mechanism of film
formation is given in the following tables:



page 1/5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006 Quality aspects of major coating systems
May 2000

SOLVENT BORNE COATINGS

AK V CR EP PUR BIT ACR IOZ
Drying mechanism OX PH PH CH CH(MC) PH PH MC
suitable as primer +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++ ++ ++++
top coat +++ +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ +++ ++
build coat ++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++
tolerance to low grade
surface preparation ++ ++ ++ +++ + +
gloss retention +++ +++ + + ++++ +++
colour retention +++ +++ + + ++++ +++ ++
corrosion prevention +++ ++ +++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ ++++
heat resistance + +++ ++ + ++++
water immersion ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++
solvent resistance + + + +++ +++ + ++++
acid resistance + ++ ++ +++ +++ + ++
alkali resistance +++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++
abrasion resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ +++ +++
impact resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ ++ ++
flexibility + +++ ++ ++ ++ ++ +++
Indications: Type of coating:
= not good AK = Alkyd PUR = Polyurethan
+ = marginal V = Vinyl BIT = Bitumen
+ + = acceptable CR = Chlorinated Rubber ACR = Acrylic
+ + + = good EP = Epoxy IOZ = Inorganic zinc
+ + + + = very good

notations used for drying mechanism:
CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between
base and hardener or by chemical reaction between base and hardener only if the product is
solvent free.
MC = moisture curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by chemical reaction with
moisture from the air
OX = oxidative, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and uptake of and reaction with oxygen
from the air
PH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents



page 2/5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006

Quality aspects of major coating systems
May 2000

WATER BORNE - SOLVENT BORNE - SOLVENT FREE - HIGH SOLIDS COATINGS
Acrylate Vinyl Epoxy
WB SB WB SB WB SF HS SB
Drying mechanism CO PH CO PH CO/CH CH CH CH
suitable as:
primer + ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ ++++ ++++
topcoat +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ +++
buildcoat ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ +++
tolerance to low grade + ++ ++ +++ +++
surface preparation
gloss retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +
colour retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +
corrosion prevention + ++ + ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++
heat resistance ++ ++ +++ +++
water immersion + ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++
solvent resistance + + + + +++ +++ ++++ ++++
acid resistance + ++ + ++ ++ ++ +++ +++
alkaly resistance ++ ++ ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++
abrasion resistance +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++
impact resistance +++ ++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++
flexibility +++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++
explosion risk ++++ + ++++ + ++++ ++++ ++ +
health and safety ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++
Drying at high humidity or ++ ++ ++++ ++ ++
insufficient ventilation
Indications: Type of coating:
= not good HS = High solids
+ = marginal SB = Solvent borne
+ + = acceptable SF = Solvent free
+ + + = good WB = Water borne
+ + + + = very good

notations used for drying mechanism:
CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between
base and hardener
CO = coagulation, the film hardens by evaporation of water and filmforming (coagulation) of the
dispersed binder
CO/CH = coagulation plus chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of water, filmforming
(coagulation) of the dispersed binder components followed by a chemical reaction between base
and hardener
PH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents



page 3/5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006

Quality aspects of major coating systems
May 2000

Functional properties of individual coats
Basically a coating system is designed to protect against corrosion by forming a barrier between the steel
and the environment. For aesthetic or functional reasons coating systems are made up of a number of coats.
Generally the types of materials are grouped as primers, sealers/barrier coats (undercoats), build coats and
top coats (finish coats).

The function of the different types can be described as follows:

Primers: Anticorrosive properties rely on the presence of inhibitive pigments and/or on the
formation of a barrier. Primers should give good adhesion to sufficiently roughened,
cleaned metal and cleaned old coating, providing a sound base for and offering adhesion
to the subsequent coating system. They should provide corrosion protection during the
overcoating interval and service life. Coats applied in the correct dry film thickness will
provide sufficient protection against rust creep in case of mechanical damage afterwards.

Sealers These coatings are used as an intermediate coat in a coating system to enhance the
barrier coats overall protection and to provide good intercoat adhesion. Incorporation of pigments
(tie coats): with a laminar structure (aluminium flakes, talc or micaceous iron oxide) reduces or
delays moisture penetration, decreases permeability to oxygen, improves strength and
improves penetration of the binder. On a porous substrate (e.g. zinc rich coatings)
suitable formulated sealers minimize popping effect.

Build coats: These coatings are used as an intermediate coat or top coat in a coating system to
enhance the overall protection by increasing the thickness, reducing or delaying moisture
penetration and decreasing the permeability to oxygen. When a build coat has to be
finished with a top coat it must provide recoatability. Aesthetic or other functions related
to topcoats (colour hiding) may be incorporated.

Top coats The top coat gives the required colour, gloss and surface resistance of the system,
(finish coats): providing the first line of defence against weather, sunlight, condensation impact,
abrasion and chemical attack. For economic reasons top coats are commonly applied in a
low dry film thickness. Sometimes topcoats need special properties e.g. in non-skid, self-
cleaning or chemical resistant systems. In specific systems for immersed exposure a
very smooth finish is sometimes required to obtain better cleaning of the settlement of
bacteria.



page 4/5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006

Quality aspects of major coating systems
May 2000
Important aspects for composing a maintenance system are:
Epoxies, chlorinated rubbers, vinyls or polyurethanes in general should not be applied on top of alkyd
paints. In exceptional cases this can be done after a thorough investigation into how the proposed coating
system behaves with respect to softening and adhesion. However, the epoxies Sigmacover CM coating,
Sigmacover aluprimer and Sigmacover ST are formulated to enable application on top of sound well
adhering old alkyd paints.
Silicate based paints should never be applied on organic coatings and shopprimers (no intercoat
adhesion).
Alkyd based paints should not be applied on chlorinated rubber or vinyl coatings (cracking) and also not
on zinc rich primers or galvanized steel when exposed to wet conditions (saponification).
Special consideration should be given to tar bleeding effects when bituminous or tar based coatings are
topcoated with solvent borne paints.
When choosing a paint system, the geometry of the structure to be coated and the application conditions
should be considered. Very fast drying paints are not suitable for spraying complex structures because of
Possible dry spray and build up of a too high dry film thickness.
Waterborne paints should not be used when ventilation conditions are not good or when the atmospheric
conditions are cold and humid.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.
page 5/5
STEEL PROTECTION
4006 Quality aspects of major coating systems
COATINGS page 1/13
GENERAL ASPECTS
A maintenance specification is more complex than a coating specification for a new fabrication. In this
section a systematic approach is presented for checking objects which are due for maintenance painting in
order to see if special measures have to be taken to extend the service life of the object to be protected by
the maintenance coating system
NOTE FOR METALLIC SUBSTRATES
Steel Mill scale, corrosion, pitting corrosion.
Cast iron Surface irregularities, porosity, corrosion.
Corten steel Surface corrosion, very hard.
Stainless steel Contact corrosion, smooth surface, chlorine/chloride contamination.
Non ferrous metals Zinc, copper, aluminium, lead, contact corrosion, corrosion products.
Zinc sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, zinc salts, corrosion.
Hot dipped galvanized steel Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.
Coil galvanized plate Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.
(Sendzimir)
Aluminium Anodised, aluminium salts, pitting corrosion, contact corrosion.
Aluminium sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, aluminium salts.
NOTE FOR STRUCTURAL DETAILS
Weld spatters, rough welds, These cannot be protected properly and must be ground and/or
tack (skip) welds, doublings, repaired by welding.
intermittent welding
Open connections, bolts and Moisture and dirt collects on these spots.
nuts, crevices, sharp edges, Sharp edges must be rounded by grinding.
wrong inclination See also details prone to corrosion attack.
Combination of different Avoid contact corrosion by insulating properly.
metals
Inaccessable places Seal with caulking compounds.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
a thirteen page issue May 2000
revision of 1-1996
COATINGS page 2/13
NOTE FOR ORIGINAL COATING SYSTEMS
For each maintenance specification the compatibility of the maintenance paint with the existing paint
system should be given or checked by a test patch.
Main paint defects are corrosion, checking and cracking, blistering and detachment. Causes for paint
defects should be detected, especially when the paint system did not perform well. See also Paint
Defects.
NOTE FOR PHYSICAL AND/OR CHEMICAL ATTACK
Extreme temperature changes,
erosion, direct sunlight,
UV radiation, rain, abrasion,
humidity, moisture, chemicals,
aggressive fumes, contact
Corrosion, cathodic protection
From practice it is known that in case of an early failure a wrong paint system was applied. If this has
happened, the exposure conditions should be defined again another paint system should be considered
Dry heat resistance of generic coating types
Continuous heat Intermittent heat
(<5% of the time, max 24 hrs)
bitumen 60C (140F) 60C (140F)
chlorinated rubber 60C (140F) 75C (165F)
vinyl 60C (140F) 75C (165F)
alkyd 80C (175F) 100C (210F)
tar epoxy* 120C (250F) 120C (250F)
polyurethane 120C (250F) 120C (250F)
epoxy, medium solids** 120C (250F) 150C (300F)
epoxy, high solids 80C (175F) 90-100C (194-210F)
epoxy, solvent free 80C (175F) 90-100C (194-210F)
epoxy, phenolics 150C (300F) 150C (300F)
zinc epoxy 180C (355F) 200C (390F)
zinc silicate 400C (750F) 400C (750F)
* Valid for Sigma TCN 300
** Discoloration at higher temperatures can occur
NOTE FOR SURFACE PREPARATION
The methods for surface preparation in maintenance painting are often limited because interference with
other works has to be avoided as well as damage to machines and equipment. Nevertheless when the
cause of paint defects was related to poor surface preparation, this fault should not be repeated.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 3/13
Full attention should be paid to the following points:
Removal of weld spatters by power tool chiseling and grinding.
Structural repair by welding.
Pitting to be cleaned in depth and filled.
Sharp edges to be rounded by grinding preferably to a radius of 2 to 3 mm.
Smooth surfaces should be roughened, polished surfaces should be avoided.
Measurements to be taken to avoid contact (galvanic) corrosion by using proper sealing and insulation
materials.
Removal of local rust by wire brushing and/or power tool disc cleaning.
Removal of rust and other corrosion products like zinc and aluminium salts is done by scrapers, blast
cleaning (wet, dry, vacuum), power tool disc cleaning or scotch brite cleaning.
Contamination should be removed with detergents and/or high pressure fresh water cleaning. Solvent
cleaning should be used only when this is unavoidable.
Old defective paint coats should be removed if the adhesion or the intercoat adhesion is insufficient. The
edges of old intact paint coats should be feathered.
Old intact paint coats should be sanded lightly to achieve good adhesion.
SPECIFIC REMEDIAL ACTIONS
CHALKING. A (high pressure) wash with solution of detergent and water, followed by thorough rinsing with
fresh water will remedy chalking.
MILDEW. Remove mildew with proper material or by scrubbing with solution of one part of household
bleach per three parts of water, followed by thorough rinsing with fresh water.
FLAKING and PEELING. Depending upon severity of atmospheric exposure and extent of flaking and
peeling, minimum surface preparation is light blast cleaning, high pressure water cleaning, water abra-
sive blast cleaning, or power tool cleaning to remove all loosely adhering paint.
HARD, GLOSSY or TOUGH SURFACES. To provide satisfactory adhesion, the surface must be roughened
by hand or power tool, or by wet or dry abrasive blasting.
BLEEDING. The surface should be sealed with a special coating (sealer).
UPGRADING of existing coating systems. Due to strong solvents (swelling) upgrading usually cannot be
accomplished by direct application of high performance solvent based coatings. Recommended tiecoats
should be applied first. Some water borne epoxies may be applied directly to the existing coating system.
BLISTERING or RUSTING. Minor blistering and/or rusting should be removed by power tool cleaning, high
pressure water cleaning or spot blast cleaning. Where blistering and rusting is excessive, it is advised
that the existing coating should be completely removed.
NOTE FOR PAINT APPLICATION
Spraying of paint is often limited because interference with other works has to be avoided. So
maintenance paints should be also fit for either roller or brush application. Very complex structures
should be painted by brush or roller instead of by spraygun to avoid overspray, dry spray and extreme
paint losses.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 4/13
For brush or roller applied paints the specified dry film thickness should be reached for which extra coats
might be needed. Sharp edges and complex structures should be stripe coated with each coat of the
system.
The preceding (build) coat should be of a colour which allows the finishing coat to give good coverage.
PAINT APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS
CONTAMINATION. The possibility of contamination of the substrate and the coating during application and
curing or drying will influence the selection and future performance of the specific coating.
APPLICATION CONDITIONS. Specific information regarding temperature limitations is given in the product
data sheets. A low temperature may inhibit curing while a high temperature may cause solvent popping
and skin drying. A high wind velocity results in excessive paint consumption, dry spray and skin drying.
HUMIDITY. Best results for most coatings are obtained at a relative humidity, below 85%. The substrate
temperature should be at least 3C above dew point.
SOLVENT AND THINNER SELECTION. Follow the recommendations given in the product data sheets.
EXCESSIVE ZINC SALTS. Zinc salts may be removed by light blast cleaning, followed by fresh water
rinsing to remove dust. High pressure water cleaning may be suitable as well as powertool cleaning using
scotch brite.
CONTAMINATION. Suitable solvents or emulsifying agents should be used to remove surface or absorbed
greasy contaminants.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 5/13
SYMPTOM CORRECTION/
SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION
Aluminium Dull, greyish, smooth Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
soft surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.
Aluminium, Very smooth, (coloured) Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
anodised hard surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.
Aluminium, White aluminium Deposits are contaminated, (Disc)sand, wash
corroded salts, pitting. corrosion will continue. thoroughly.
Better: clean by water
abrasive blast cleaning.
Aluminium Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within 4 hours,
sprayed steel surface. Bubbles and pinholes if not, clean by water
in the coating film. abrasive blast cleaning.
Use correct sealer
Copper Metallic yellow or Insufficient adhesion of Degrease, (disc)sand.
reddish-yellow sheen. coating.
Very smooth soft surface.
Copper Greenish-white copper Insufficient adhesion of (Disc)sand, wash
corroded salts. coating. thoroughly.
Hot rolled Millscale. This has a Millscale is more noble Remove mill scale
steel blueish black than steel leading to by blast cleaning.
appearance. pitting corrosion in cracks.
Steel/cold Rust. Rust deposits are Wash thoroughly.
rolled steel, contaminated with salts, (Disc)sand, blast clean,
corroded corrosion will continue. check surface for
cleanliness.
Better: clean by water
abrasive blast cleaning.
Cast iron, Rust-porosity. Absorption of contaminants. (Disc)sand, blast clean with
corroded Rust deposits are fine abrasive. Better: clean
difficult to remove from by water abrasive blast
the pores. cleaning. Use correct sealer
Stainless Very smooth. Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or
steel of coating. blast clean with inert grit.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 6/13
General: Prevent contact of metals (carbon) which can form a galvanic couple.
SYMPTOM CORRECTION/
SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION
Coil galvanized Thin plate with a very Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand,
plate(Sendzimir) smooth zinc layer. of coating. better: sweep blast the
15-50 m zinc surface lightly with inert
grit.
Coil galvanized White zinc salts Corrosion deposits (Disc)sand, better: sweep
plate corroded and rust. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly
(Sendzimir) Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.
of coating.
Electrolytic Thin plate with a very No resistance to Degrease and sand lightly.
zinc plate smooth very thin weathering.
(Zincor) electrochemically Good coating adhesion.
5 m zinc applied zinc layer.
Electrolytic Rust and white Corrosion products (Disc)sand, better sweep:
zinc plate, zinc salts. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly
corroded Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.
(Zincor) of coating.
Hot dip Smooth, soft, Insufficient adhesion (Disc)sand, better sweep:
galvanized greyish surface. of coating. blast the surface lightly
steel with inert grit till a
50-200 m zinc uniform matt appearance.
(or zinc metal)
Hot dip White dirty zinc All deposits are contaminated. (Disc)sand, better:
galvanized salts, rust. Corrosion.will continue (sweep)blast the surface
steel, Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.
corroded of coating.
Zinc sprayed Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within4 hours,
steel surface. Bubbles and pin holes if not, clean by water
in the coating. abrasive blast cleaning.
Use correct sealer.
Zinc sprayed Porous surface Corrosion products are Blast clean with
steel, with zinc salts contaminated. Insufficient inert grit.
corroded and rust. adhesion of coating.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 7/13
DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK
Details of structures have an extremely big impact on the durability of a paint system and as a consequence
on the maintenance cost.
Up to 15% of a structure is known as a critical part in respect of corrosion protection because of
imperfect welds, sharp edges and areas where dirt and water can collect. Improvements of such
details should be an integral part of maintenance jobs
Rivetted or bolted structures are difficult to protect. Often coating systems show cracks after a certain time
due to the shrinkage of the coating around rivets, bolts or nuts or due to minor movements in the
connections of the structure. Specially formulated coatings should be used for the protection of these areas,
having a durable elasticity and low shrinkage. (Maintenance system 4111)
Prevent collection of dirt and water. Make drainage holes if
necessary and ensure that the strength of the structure is
not affected. Drainage of water should be done in a way that
water does not collect where it can cause corrosion.
Avoid openings where dirt and water can collect.
Grind the welds and avoid breaks or tack welds.
Avoid sharp edges and intermittent welding.
Always attempt to have rounded shapes and complete
welds.
Structures composed of steel and concrete are frequently
incompatible as far as protection and maintenance are
concerned. At the design stage consideration should be given
to the accessibility of the steel parts for painting during new
fabrication and maintenance.
Leakage between concrete floors and steel columns can be
prevented by using synthetic rubber slabs and sealants.
If these materials have to be coated the adhesion of the
paint should be checked.
When installing tanks, equipment and pipelines, there must
be sufficient space left in between to allow ventilation,
cleaning and maintenance painting.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
page 8/13
DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK
In a steel structure composed of several parts there are
always places where moisture or dirt can collect.
The connections between the sloping and vertical sections
must always be constructed in a way that water can be
drained off.
The connection between round and flat surfaces always
creates areas which are difficult to protect.
These areas should be filled up by welding to improve the
protection.
The junction between facing plates also creates spots which
will remain damp.
Filling these spots with welding material or a flexible
filler is necessary for a durable protection.
Containers or process tanks should be constructed in a way
that no liquid remains when emptied.
Special attention should be paid to the couplings of the
drain: the edge of the drain and coupling must not be higher
than the bottom of the tank.
Reinforcement in the shape of right-angled or U-profile must
also be fitted in a way that painting is possible. Use a
T-profile instead of 2 right-angled profiles or place the back
to back angles so that the opening between them can be
welded. Make sure that sharp edges of the profile are
rounded by grinding.
Reinforcement in the shape of tubes should be fitted to plate
material in a way that all parts are accessible for coating,
both during new fabrication and maintenance painting.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 9/13
SUBSTRATE PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM CORROSION
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
scattered corroded area x 10 or the
localised corroded area x 2.
Re3 and below Re3 = spotrepair.
above Re3 = total area to be repaired.
The photos illustrating some degrees
of rusting are a reduction in size. In
practice the original European scale
of degree of rusting should be used
European scale of degree of rusting ISO 4628/3 ASTM D610
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
Salt contamination. Check and if still present, wash with fresh water.
Pinholes, porous film or damages. Feather off edges of damages.
Deterioration. Abrade thoroughly.
Mill-scale or remnants of rust. Abrade or blast clean mill scaled or rusty areas.
Grit inclusions. Remove by chipping or abrading.
Pitting. Investigate the cause. Pitting should be grinded and
filled. It is impossible to coat pittings totally by spray
application and sometimes even not by brush.
Too low dry film thickness. Upgrade dft of maintenance system.
Aggressive chemicals/solvents. Stop splash and spillage or change paint system.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 10/13
No. 8 No. 6
SUBSTRATE PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM CHECKING CRACKING
IDENTIFICATION
Checked or cracked areas like No.8
and higher figures = spot repair.
like No.6 and lower figures =
total area to be repaired.
The photos illustrating some degrees
of checking and cracking are a
reduction in size.
In practice the original ASTM D 660
or ASTM D 661 should be used.
Intensity ratings are in accordance with ratings as per ASTM D 660 or D 661 ISO 4628/4 ISO 4628/5
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
Hard coating on top of a soft coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.
(checking) Sometimes caused by a too short Abrade checked paint completely.
overcoating interval or by the application Adjust paint system.
of a too high film thickness.
Hard coating on top of a soft old coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.
(cracking) Abrade cracked paint completely.
Adjust paint system.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS
SUBSTRATE PAINT MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM BLISTERS
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
blistered area x 10.
Below 2,5% blisters = spot repair.
Above 2,5% blisters = total area to be
repaired.
The photos illustrating some degrees
of blistering are a reduction in size.
In practice the original ASTM
D 714-56 should be used.
Area and Density degree according to ISO 4628/2 ASTM D 714-56
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
Soluble salts present under or in between the Check and if still present wash with fresh water.
paintcoats.
Cathodic over protection. Adjust CP and/or change paint system.
Contamination or grease present under or Check, degrease and remove contamination.
between coats.
High temperature or temperature gradient. Change paint system and/or insulate.
Contact with chemicals, solvents and water. Take preventive measures or change paint system
(condensation)
Too low dry film thickness Upgrade dft of maintenance system.
Too short overcoating time or application at The conditions during maintenance should be
too low temperature. improved.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
page 11/13
COATINGS page 12/13
SUBSTRATE PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA
SYMPTOM DETACHMENT
IDENTIFICATION
The area to be repaired will be the
detached area x 2.
Below 15% detachment = spot repair.
Above 15% detachment = total area
to be repaired.
POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION
Intercoat contamination within latest applied Check and remove defective paint.
system or overcoating times too long.
Incompatibility of paint coats within latest Check specification.
applied system or with old system e.g. Change paint system.
exudation.
Attack by aggressive solvents to old system. Change paint system.
(swelling) Remove all paint.
Internal stresses leading to detachment from Check dft of total system.
bare steel. Too thick coat or quick temperature Remove all paint.
change see also causes blisters
Detachment from bare steel initiated by cracks Check the extend of under creep.
and moisture. Remove defective paint.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000
COATINGS page 13/13
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or
otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are
designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-users responsibility to
determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising
from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written
agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure that
this sheet is current prior to using the product.
STEEL PROTECTION
4007 Tools for maintenance management
May 2000



page 1/4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008
Relation between pretreatment - paint system -
expected lifetime
a four page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPECTED LIFETIME OF COATING SYSTEMS
In order to select and justify a coating system, it is extremely important for the specifying engineer to have
data available describing the expected service life. The service life of a coating is related to the degree of
surface pretreatment and the exposure conditions the coating is subjected to. Only in this way it will be
possible to estimate real costs of a coating system. The service life should not be mixed up with guarantee.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT: This includes the pretreatment of old, sound, adhering coatings the
pretreatment of corroded areas and of blistered, cracked or deteriorated coatings as well as the
pretreatment of non-painted or shopprimed steel. Pretreatment by means of blastcleaning or by means of
mechanical tools should be carried out according to internationally accepted standards such as the ISO
standard 8501-01, the Japanese standard SPSS-1975, the German standard DIN 55928, part four, the
British standard BS 4232 or the American standard SSPC-Vis 1. A description of specified surface
pretreatment standards is given in information sheet 1490.

APPLICATION AND APPLICATION CONDITIONS: The pretreated surface should be kept in a condition that it
is not contaminated again. So special measures have to be taken if the work is to be executed in a polluted
or humid atmosphere. A real problem can be that build coats can not be applied by airless spray for
whatever reason. However the application of primers by brush will often be advantageous due to better
penetration and wetting of the surface with the primer.

The use of rollers for the application of primers can have drawbacks like uneven or too low dft or holidays.
The right kind of roller should be used and application should be done with sufficient pressure. Special
attention should be given to the application of paint by roller onto large surfaces under windy conditions. In
that case the paint must contain a large amount of slow evaporating solvents and should be ordered
accordingly.
Attention should also be given to sharp edges and complex shaped structures because experience shows
that the dft on such spots is only 30% of the dft on flat surfaces, so repeated stripe coating is necessary.

COATINGS: To select a correct maintenance coating system knowledge of the performance of the previous
coating system is essential. One should also know what type of paint is still present on intact areas. An
analysis of existing exposure conditions is also very important, especially when the old coating system did
not perform as had been expected. Upgrading of an existing coating system can only be considered when
the intact coatings are still adhering well and are not degraded to the extent that they cannot provide a
sound base for the maintenance coating system. If there is any doubt it is recommended to check this by
treating a small area as a test patch.




page 2/4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008
Relation between pretreatment - paint system -
expected lifetime
May 2000

ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

I Interior dry EP = Epoxy
II Interior wet PUR = Polyurethane
III Rural HS = High Solids
IV Industrial + Coastal
V Industrial (Abrasion or Impact)

min. Expected life time in years
System Surface Preparation dft m I II III IV V
2 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 85 8
3 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 120 10 3 3
SSPS-Pt3 120 10 5 5
4 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 150 5 5 3
SSPS-Pt3 150 7 7 5
2 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 90 10 5
3 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 150 11 6
SSPS-Pt3 150 12 9 9 7
ISO-Sa2 150 10 10 8
3 coat modified HS epoxy SSPS-Pt2 195 8 8 6
3 coat surface tolerant SSPS-Pt2 225 8 8 6
EP/PUR SSPS-Pt3 225 11 11 9
ISO-Sa2 225 12 12 10
2 coat epoxy tar SSPS-Pt2 300 5 5 4
ISO-Sa2 300 6 6 5
SSPS-Pt3 300 8 8 7
ISO-Sa2 300 8 8 7
1 coat flint reinforced epoxy ISO-Sa2 3000 8
2 coat glassflake epoxy ISO-Sa2 475 8 5
2 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2 100 8
3 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2 150 10 5 5




page 3/4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008
Relation between pretreatment - paint system -
expected lifetime
May 2000

HIGH TEMPERATURE AND IMMERSION EXPOSURE

VI Heat mod = modified
VII Water
VIII Chemicals
IX Hydro Carbons
X Waste water/slurry

min. Expected life time in years
System Surface Preparation dft m VI VII VIII IX X
3 coat high solids epoxy ISO-Sa2 375 10
2 coat epoxy tar SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 300 7 8
3 coat epoxy tar ISO-Sa2 400 9 7 7
2 coat high solids epoxy SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 300 7 7 7
ISO-Sa2 350 8 8 10 7
SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 450 4
SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 450 9
2 coat mod.solvent free epoxy SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 300 8
3 coat phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa3 300 9 9 10
1 coat solvent free epoxy ISO-Sa2 400 6 8
1 coat CSF phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa2 400 9 9 10

1 coat zinc silicate ISO-Sa2 75 8
4 coat alkyd aluminium 175 C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 110 3
3 coat epoxy 200 C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2 180 3-4
1 coat silicone 450 C ISO-Sa2 115* 3-4
2 coat silicate 500 C ISO-Sa2 115 3-5
* including a.c. layer

page 4/4
STEEL PROTECTION
4008
Relation between pretreatment - paint system -
expected lifetime
May 2000
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4009
Indication of resistance of coatings
to immersion and splash
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

GENERAL
To determine whether a system is suitable for immersion in chemicals, water, solvents or oils and fatty acids
a comparison is given of the different coating systems.

The indications are based on systems with the following characteristics.

I Sigmaguard HS system (high solids epoxy system nrs. 4073, 4080 and 4100)
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of
chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.
Not suitable for potable water and foodstuffs.

II Sigma Phenguard system (3 coat phenolic epoxy system nrs. 4076 and 4081)
Suitable for transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide
range of solvents, fatty acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and
foodstuffs.
A full resistance list is available.

III Sigmaguard EHB (2 coat high solids epoxy system nr. 4090)
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to potable water, aliphatic
and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.

IV Sigmaguard CSF (solvent free epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and 4092)
Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,
crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1
airless spray.

V Sigma Novaguard/Sigma Novashield (solvent free phenolic epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and
4092)
Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,
crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1
airless spray.

VI Sigma TCN 300 (2 coat epoxy tar coating system nrs. 4070, 4091 and 4101)
Excellent resistance to water even in conjunction with cathodic protection.
Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to crude oil and waste
water.

VII Sigma Silguard MC (one coat zinc ethyl silicate system nr. 4083)
Suitable for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited
due to the zinc pigment.



page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4009
Indication of resistance of coatings
to immersion and splash
May 2000

I Sigma Phenguard primer Sigmaguard HS 4073-4080-4100
II Sigma Phenguard primer coating - finish 4076-4081
III 2 x Sigmaguard EHB 4090
IV (Sigmarite sealer) Sigmaguard CSF 4071-4082-4092
V Sigma Novaguard/ 4071-4082-4092
Sigma Novashield
VI (Sigmacover primer) 2x Sigma TCN 300 4070-4091-4101
VII Sigma Silguard MC 4083

I II III IV V VI VII
demineralised water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++
freshwater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++
seawater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++
sewage water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
industrial waste water +++ ++ + ++

crude oil (up to 70 C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++
aliphatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
aromatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
lubrication oil (up to 70 C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++

toluene, xylene +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
glycols +++ +++ + +
aggressive solvents ++ +++ + +++

styrene +++ +++ ++
monomers ++ +++

animal and vegetable oils +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++
(up to 70 C)
fatty acids (up to 60 C) +++ +++ +

low molecular organic acids +
inorganic acids ++ + + +

sodium or potassium hydroxide +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++
(up to 50% and 60 C)
sodium hydroxide (20%, 60 C) ++
sodium hydroxide (1%, 40 C) ++
ammonia (up to 25%) +++ +++ +++
amines + ++
+++ = suitable for continuous immersion
++ = under restrictions suitable for temporary immersion
+ = only for temporary contact (splash and spillage)
= not suitable
For more detailed information about chemical resistance at a certain temperature or concentration Sigma
Coatings should be contacted.
page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4009
Indication of resistance of coatings
to immersion and splash
May 2000
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4010
Internal dry exposure
Alkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.
Relative humidity below 60%.
SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen, and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas, to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas;
galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination and
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZP
in a dft of 35 m/1.4 mils
steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZP
in a dft of 35 m/1.4 mils
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro semigloss

SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for steel,
galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel to
min. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand
papering
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro Semigloss

SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO-St30 - SPSS - Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmasteel QD finish 50 m/2.0 mils


page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4010
Internal dry exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4020
Internal wet exposure
Alkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur.
Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and dispersion paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas; free from any contamination and roughened by
sandpapering
damaged and rusty areas; after removal of loose paint, free from
any contamination, derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmaferro primer ZP in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro semigloss

SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, not suitable for
galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of
steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro semigloss

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4020
Internal wet exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmasteel QD 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmasteel QD finish 50 m/2.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4021
Internal wet exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur
Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and dispersion paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas, to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas;
galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination and
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmacover primer
in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,
derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmacover CM primer
in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover CM coating 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss (75 m)

SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair, or new
construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel to
min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanized steel and
aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmacover primer 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM coating 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss (75 m)

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4021
Internal wet exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction especially suitable
for in-shop application
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steelline 85 m/3.4 mils
Sigmadur gloss 75 m/3.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456
Sigmacover CM primer see product data sheet 7412
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4022
Internal wet exposure
Acrylic dispersion system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur.
Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion and
epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment intact areas, to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas;
galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination and
roughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmetal mioprimer
in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,
derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 and primed with Sigmetal construction
in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient
drying conditions

SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel
to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium
by sand papering
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain
sufficient drying conditions
on galvanized steel or aluminium Sigmetal mioprimer should be used
instead of Sigmetal construction

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4022
Internal wet exposure
Acrylic dispersion system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction
pretreatment steel: redusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmetal mioprimer see product data sheet 7145
Sigmetal construction see product data sheet 7149
Sigmetal finish see product data sheet 7251
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4024
Internal wet exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings where condensation may occur.
Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.
RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system
for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
notes a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4024
Internal wet exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4030
Rural atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmaferro primer ZP in a dft of 50 m/2 mils+
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced
by Sigmaferro semigloss

SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, not suitable for
galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro semigloss

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4030
Rural atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system
pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmasteel QD 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmasteel QD finish 50 m/2.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4031
Rural atmospheric exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and polyurethane paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmacover
aluprimer in a dft of75 m/3.0 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a
dft of 75 m/3.0 mils
paint system Sigmacover CM coating 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish

SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new
construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmacover CM coating 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
Notes if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss
a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4031
Rural atmospheric exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steelline 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
Notes if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by
Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss (75 m/3 mils)
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is
intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma Coatings,
whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of
our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial
skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting
from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure that this sheet is
current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4032
Rural atmospheric exposure
Acrylic dispersion system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 and primed with Sigmetal
construction in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened and primed
Sigmetal mioprimer in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
paint system Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2: acrylic dispersion system for a total repair, suitable for steel, galvanized
steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system,
derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of galvanized steel
and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
note for galvanized steel and aluminium Sigmetal construction should be
replaced by Sigmetal mioprimer

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4032
Rural atmospheric exposure
Acrylic dispersion system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction
pretreatment steel: redusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmetal construction 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmetal finish 50 m/2.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
Because of the waterborn character of this type of paint, good weather conditions are essential to
obtain maximum performance
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmetal construction see product data sheet 7149
Sigmetal mioprimer see product data sheet 7145
Sigmetal finish see product data sheet 7251
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034
Rural atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
notes a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034
Rural atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034
Rural atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate
from industrial or urban activity.
Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet
radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal
environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 g per m
air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 m/2.4 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
60 m/2.4 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover ST 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
notes a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4034
Rural atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4040
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spotrepair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint
not suitable for galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
and primed with 2 coats Sigmaferro primer ZP in a dft of 2 x 40 m
(1.6 mils)
paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if selfcleaning is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro selfcleaning white
finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request

SPECIFICATION 2: alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, not suitable for
galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 40 m/1.6 mils
Sigmaferro primer ZP 40 m/1.6 mils
Sigmaferro build coat 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro gloss 35 m/1.4 mils
note if selfcleaning is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by
Sigmaferro selfcleaning white
finishes in, mio or aluminium are available on request

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4040
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Alkyd paint system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd system for new construction, especially suitable for
in-shop application
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO St3
shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmasteel QD 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmaferro QD 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmaferro QD finish 50 m/2.0 mils
Sigmaferro QD finish 50 m/2.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155
Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234
Sigmaferro selfcleaning white see product data sheet 7237
Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239
Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


Page 1/3

STEEL PROTECTION
4041
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium (see note 1)
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigmacover CM coating 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HB finish 50 m/2.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HS
semigloss



Page 2/3

STEEL PROTECTION
4041
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000

SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or new construction,
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering
paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmacover CM coating 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HB finish 50 m/2.0 mils
notes a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer
Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or
Sigmadur HS semigloss

SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction, especially
suitable for in-shop application
pretreatment Steel: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigma EP steeline 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigma EP steeline 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur gloss 50 m/2.0 mils
notes Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by Sigmadur HB finish or
Sigmadur HS semigloss

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

Page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4041
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
Recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma EP steeline see product data sheet 7802
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for
intact areas and spot repair
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
damaged and corroded areas;
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with
Sigmacover ST in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from
any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigmacover ST 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils




page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000

SPECIFICATION 2: surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or
new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of
galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting
paint system Sigmacover ST 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmacover ST 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
notes galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with
Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST
2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of
150 m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

SPECIFICATION 3: High solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction
pretreatment Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned
to SPSS-Pt2
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4042
Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure
High solids epoxy/polyurethane system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4050
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall-out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air. Additional abrasion
and impact exposure is expected.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelarate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be completely removed. For
maximum performance the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free, flint reinforced epoxy system with an excellent resistance to
impact and abrasion suitable for total repair and new construction
suitable for steel (galvanized steel)
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, profile roughness
(Rz) 75-100 m/3-4 mils
paint system Sigmacover Armour Compound 3000 m/120 mils
notes Sigmacover Armour Compound can be applied on galvanized steel, but
this will occur only occasionally
to obtain roughness the galvanizing layer will be removed partially

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4050
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
Solvent free flint reinforced epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
Sigmacover Armour Compound.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover Armour Compound see product data sheet 7490
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4051
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out.
The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this
environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more
than 10 g per m air.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.
Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be removed completely. For
maximum performance the surface should be blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system with an improved
resistance to abrasion and impact suitable for total repair or new
construction
suitable for steel (galvanized steel and aluminium)
pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, profile roughness
(Rz) 40-70 m/1,6-2.8 mils
galvanized steel and aluminium; blast cleaned with inert grit to an even
flat appearance is obtained profile roughness
(Rz) 40-70 m/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system Sigmacover primer 75 m/ 3.0 mils
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 400 m/16.0 mils

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4051
Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impact
High solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover TCP Glassflake see product data sheet 7447
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4060
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
Temperature up to 175 C / 350 F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1: alkyd system for temperatures up to 175 C/350 F suitable for total repair
or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
not on top of silicone and silicate paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting by blast cleaning to
ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 35 m/1.4 mils
Sigmaferro aluminium 25 m/1.0 mils
Sigmaferro aluminium 25 m/1.0 mils
Sigmaferro aluminium 25 m/1.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4060
High temperature resistant alkyd paint system
Temperature up to 175C / 350F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131
Sigmaferro aluminium see product data sheet 7264
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4061
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system
Temperature up to 350 C / 660 C
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater
importance than the general atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be
considered.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1: silicate/acrylic system for temperatures up to 350 C / 660 F suitable for
total repair or new construction
compatible with silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by blast
cleaning to
ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using discs with rough abrasive
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmatherm silacryl 30 m/1.2 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4061
High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint system
Temperature up to 350C / 660F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558
Sigmatherm silacyl see product data sheet 7565
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4062
High temperature resistant epoxy system
Temperature up to 200 C / 390 F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy system resistant to industrial pollution and temperatures up to
200 C/390 F suitable for total repair or new construction
compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and silicate paint
not on top of silicone paint
suitable for steel, galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel or
roughening of galvanized steel by blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 or disc
sanding to SPSS-Pt3
to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some
hours of the metal spraying
contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water
cleaned to remove contamination the surface must be dry before
painting
paint system Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 m/2.4 mils
note light shades may discolour above 130 C
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4062
High temperature resistant epoxy system
Temperature up to 200C / 390F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4063
High temperature resistant silicone system
Temperature up to 450 C / 840 F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1: silicone system to seal aluminium sprayed metal and zinc sprayed metal
for temperatures up to 450 C/840 F suitable for total repair or new
construction
not on top of alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint
suitable for aluminium sprayed steel, zinc sprayed steel and zinc silicate primers
not suitable for steel
pretreatment to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed
steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some
hours of the metal spraying
contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water
cleaned to remove contamination
the surface must be dry before painting
paint system Sigmatherm siloxane 35 m/1.4 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4063
High temperature resistant silicone system
Temperature up to 450C / 840F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmatherm siloxane see product data sheet 7563
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4064
High temperature resistant silicate system
Temperature up to 400 C / 750 F
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on
coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.
Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast
clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1: full silicate system for temperatures up to 400 C/750 F suitable for total
repair or new construction
compatible with suitable silicate paint
not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint
suitable for steel
not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel
pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by
blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using
discs with rough abrasive
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 m/3.0 mils
Sigmatherm silicate 40 m/1.6 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a
temperature gradient across the surface existed.
These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat
of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.
If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and
removed completely.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4064
High temperature resistant silicate system
Temperature up to 400C / 750F
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmatherm silicate see product data sheet 7555
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4070
Immersion in water
Epoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and
primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 125 m/5.0 mils
notes for health reasons this system should not be used for the storage of
potable water for consumption
when cathodic protection or high temperatures are applied the
pretreatment must be improved to ISO-Sa2 or SSPS-Pt3 locally

SPECIFICATION 2: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 m/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
may be used

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4070
Immersion in water
Epoxy tar system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy tar system for new construction
pretreatment Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
Steel with approved zinc silicate shopprimer; power tool cleaned to
SPSS-Pt3 or sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss. Weldseams, burned and rusty
areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 m/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 m/3 mils
may be used
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4071
Immersion in water or subsoil conditions
Solvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free (modified) epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and
spot repair, resistant to cathodic protection
compatible with epoxy-, polyurethane-, epoxy tar paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, bitumen paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be used in a dft of
75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 m/12.0 mils
notes if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used
for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used
instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)
for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating

SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free (modified) epoxy system for a total repair or new construction,
resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 50 C/120 F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2 or
SPSS-Pt3 (locally)
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer may be used in a dft
of 75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 m/12.0 mils
notes if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used
for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used
instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)
for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be
observed with respect to primer and coating

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4071
Immersion in water or subsoil conditions
Solvent free epoxy system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 3: solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for new construction, resistant to cathodic protection or
temperatures up to 70C/ 158 F
pretreatment Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Novashield 450 m/18.0 mils
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443
Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744
Sigmaguard CSF 85 see product data sheet 7785
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Certificates for potable water see information sheet 1882
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4072
Immersion in water
High solids tar free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water (in conjunction with or) without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids tar free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot
repair, resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70 C/158 F
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paintand contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 and
primed with Sigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 125 m/5 mils
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

SPECIFICATION 2: high solids tar free epoxy system for total repair, resistant to cathodic
protection or temperatures up to 70 C/158 F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 m/3 mils can be used

SPECIFICATION 3: high solids tar free epoxy system for new construction, resistant to
cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70 C/158 F
pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of
75 m/3 mils can be used

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4072
Immersion in water
High solids tar free epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4073
Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)
High solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.
Subsoil and splash zone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair of
e.g. buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets
ASTM G8) or temperatures up to 50 C/120 F; resistant to immersion and
splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint
not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint
pretreatment high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination
intact areas; to be roughened
damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
and primed with Sigmarite sealer in a dft of 50 m/2 mils
paint system Sigmaguard HS 400 m/16.0 mils
notes complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS with
a dft of 200 m/8 mils each
the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

SPECIFICATION 2: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction of e.g.
buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets ASTM
G8) or temperatures up to 50 C/120 F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3 locally
paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 m/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 400 m/16.0 mils
notes complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS with
a dft of 200 m/8 mils each
the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4073
Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)
High solids epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.
REFERENCES
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4076
Immersion in hot water
Phenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Non-saline water: hot water applicable to e.g. water tanks, storage
tanks and domestic water systems.
Sea water: hot sea and other saline waters.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
Protection against hot water by a coating system is in fact very critical. Only the combination of very good
pretreatment, correct film thicknesses, good curing and optimal ventilation after application of the coating
will give the desired protection against the influence of hot water. Good surface preparation is essential if
good performance of hot water resistant systems is to be achieved.

A pitted corroded surface, impurities in the protective coating or bad workmanship will result in failures.

In service the steel substrate should have about the same temperature as the hot water itself in order to
avoid blistering (as a result of the cold wall effect). Equipment, tank or vessel must therefore be sheltered
against cold wind and/or insulated adequately to reduce heat transfer through the steel wall plus coating
system.

Application of the paints must be done very carefully, avoiding excess thickness, avoiding solvent trapping
and maintaining good ventilation and curing conditions throughout the application process. (See sheet 1434).
Forced curing by means of hot water of 60 C or by means of hot air will give definitely better results and is
strongly recommended.

SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to
hot water (100 C/210 F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard coating 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard finish 100 m/4.0 mils
notes spot repair can be made using same system
existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4076
Immersion in hot water
Phenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system
May 2000
SPECIFICATION 2: mio epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to hot
water (100C/210F)
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel by means of blast cleaning to min.
ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 40-75 m/1.6-3.0 mils
paint system Sigmarite sealer green 80 m/3.2 mils
Sigmarite sealer grey 80 m/3.2 mils
Sigmarite sealer green 80 m/3.2 mils
notes spot repairs can be made using same system
existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered
the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4080
Immersion in chemicals
High solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies. Application areas:
storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a
wide range of chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.
Not suitable for storage of potable water and foodstuffs.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new constrcution; resistant to
immersion and splash as indicated by data in sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint
system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 m/ 4.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 250 m/10.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4080
Immersion in chemicals
High solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4081
Immersion in chemicals
Phenolic epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies
Application areas: transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment
continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of solvents, fatty
acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and
foodstuffs. A full resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.

SPECIFICATION 1: phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list; for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to at least ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard coating 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigma Phenguard finish 100 m/4.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4081
Immersion in chemicals
Phenolic epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435
Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4082
Immersion in chemicals
Solvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and water.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.
The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spotrepair.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
resistant to immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet
4009
pretreatment if an old paint system is present, high pressure water cleaning and
complete removal
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 m/16.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to
immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmaguard CSF 400 m/16.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied in a
dft of 50 m/2 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4082
Immersion in chemicals
Solvent free epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443
Sigma Novaguard see product data sheet 7453
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4083
Immersion in chemicals
Zinc ethyl silicate system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, specifically solvents.
Application areas: for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance
to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited due to the zinc pigment. A full
resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged

SPECIFICATION 1: zinc ethyl silicate system for a total repair or new construction; resistant
to immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating
resistance list, for indications see also sheet 4009
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2,
blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 m/1.6-2.8 mils
paint system Sigma Silguard MC 75 m/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4083
Immersion in chemicals
Zinc ethyl silicate system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Silguard MC see product data sheet 7551
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4090
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
High solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of refined petroleum products and crude oil.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously exposed to
alifatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and
chemicals. A full resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmaguard EHB 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigmaguard EHB 125 m/5.0 mils
note if a holding primer is required, a suitable primer (e.g. Sigmarite sealer)
should be applied in a dft of 50 m/2 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4090
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
High solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmaguard EHB see product data sheet 7433
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4091
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
Epoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to crude oil and (waste) water.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for crude
oil, resistant to temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of
75 m/3 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 m/5.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 125 m/5.0 mils
note in contact with refined petroleum products leaching of coal tar can be
expected

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4091
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
Epoxy tar system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4092
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
Solvent free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.
Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or
intermittently exposed to alifatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited
range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,
suitable for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
pretreatment if an old paint system is present complete removal of the sytem is
required after high pressure water cleaning
steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 m/16.0 mils
notes quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigma Novaguad could be applied
more detailed information with regards to protection of tank bottoms
can be found in separate manual
if a holding primer is required Sigma Phenguard primer should be used

SPECIFICATION 2: solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable
for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil
temperatures up to 70 C/160 F
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 m/ 2.0 mils
Sigmaguard CSF 500 m/20.0 mils
notes quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and
holidays and repaired according to this specification
to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigmaguard CSF could be applied

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4092
Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil
Solvent free epoxy system
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
a scrapelayer of the solvent free epoxy of the coating system (Sigma Novaguard or Sigmaguard CSF).
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420
Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443
Sigma Novaguard see product data sheet 7453
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4100
Immersion in waste water and slurry
High solids epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, with pH between 2 and 10 and where abrasion can
be expected

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for
waste water of pH 2-10 and abrasion resistant to slurries of waste water
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 m/ 2-4 mils
paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmaguard HS 150 m/6.0 mils
notes to prevent severe pitting if exposed to acidic water, the coating system
should be checked for pinholes and holidays and repaired according to
this specification
the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system
The following parameters can be used
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4100
Immersion in waste water and slurry
High solids epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409
Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4101
Immersion in waste water and slurry
Epoxy tar system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste
water and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of
50 m/2 mils
paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigma TCN 300 black 150 m/6.0 mils
note to prevent severe pitting when exposed to acidic water the quality of the
coating system should be checked on pinholes and holidays and repaired
according to this specification

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4101
Immersion in waste water and slurry
Epoxy tar system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4102
Immersion in waste water and slurry
High solids tar free epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids epoxy tar free system for a total repair or new construction,
suitable for waste water and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft
if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer 75 m/3.0 mils can
be used

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4102
Immersion in waste water and slurry
High solids tar free epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4103
Immersion in waste water and slurry
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system
a two page issue May 2000

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and
domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel
surface.
Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)
Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1: Solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against
abrasion for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste water
and mud
pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel
to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Novashield 450 m/18.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by
use of an epoxy filler.

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4103
Immersion in waste water and slurry
Solvent free phenolic epoxy system
May 2000
REFERENCES
Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110
System for special conditions
Damp steel surfaces
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

Application areas: all steel surfaces exposed to internal, rural, industrial polluted, sea and
coastal, water immersed and waste water immersed conditions.

GENERAL ASPECTS
Cleaning of steel by means of water (abrasive) blast cleaning has become widely accepted and is particularly
being used in the protective coating industry including offshore constructions.

The advantages of these cleaning techniques are:

avoidance of spark hazard
reduction of dust
removal of water soluble salts
removal of deteriorated paints, layer by layer if the intercoat adhesion is bad
roughening and cleaning of existing intact paint systems
operational in unfavourable weather conditions

After the water (abrasive) blast cleaning process the substrate is contaminated with a wet sludge which can
be best removed as long as the sludge is still wet, by rinsing with fresh water.
In order to prevent flash rusting, Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor should be added to the water used in the blasting
process and certainly must be added to the rinsing water.

The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT

Wet blasting and cleaning techniques

Some examples of these techniques are given below, not pretending to be complete. New developments
with wet blasting methods are presented regularly, improving the efficiency and reducing the amount of
water or grit.

Low pressure water abrasive blast cleaning
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm
Water consumption = 90-300 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m /hour, depending on material to be removed

Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.



page 2/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110
System for special conditions
Damp steel surfaces
May 2000

Low pressure humidified abrasive blast cleaning
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm
Water consumption = 5-60 l/hour
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m /hour, depending on material to be removed

Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.

Very high pressure water cleaning
Pressure = 700-900 kg/cm
Water consumption = up to 4000 l/hour
Cleaning speed = up to 5 m /hour depending on material to be removed

Result: the steel profile remains unchanged after removal of the old paint system.

steam cleaning
Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm
Water consumption = 750-800 l/hour
Result: cleaning technique with the advantage that the wet substrate dries faster

Corrosion Inhibition
The (blast) cleaned surface should stay free from flash rust during some hours after completion, therefore
suitable corrosion inhibitors should be added to the water.
The use of an inhibitor should not lead to osmotic effects (blistering - loss of adhesion). Sigma Wet Blast
Inhibitor does not show any adverse effects.
Depending on the working conditions it is recommended to use approx. 0,1 % of the inhibitor for the blasting
process and approx 0,5 % for the rinsing process. Normal interval before priming is within 8 hours.

PRIMER FOR CLEANED DAMP STEEL
If the substrate is to be primed immediately after water abrasive blast cleaning, surplus water droplets
should be removed by blowing oil free compressed air over the surface.

The water displacing action of a coating applied to a damp surface takes time as the water not only has to
be displaced but also to be transported through the paint film before it can evaporate.

Thicker coats can absorb more water than thinner coats and also will dry slower so that the water displacing
action is extended over a longer period.
Therefore in the system specification a minimum and a maximum dry film thickness are stated.

The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.
These properties are combined in Sigmacover primer.

page 3/3
STEEL PROTECTION
4110
System for special conditions
Damp steel surfaces
May 2000
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION FOR DAMP STEEL SURFACES
SPECIFICATION 1 priming of cleaned - damp steel
pretreatment water (abrasive) blast cleaning
bare steel and coated steel; cleaned to ISO-Sa2,
profile roughness (R
z
) 35-50 m/1.4-2 mils recommended is to use fresh
water with approx. 0,1% Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor
rinsing
remove wet sludge,
use fresh water with approx. 0,5 % Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor
removal of water droplets
remove water droplets by means of oil free compressed air
paint system Sigmacover primer 60 m/2.4 mils
continue with specified system
note an inhibitor concentration of up to 1% may be necessary when rinsing
takes place under very aggressive atmospheric conditions
Conditions to assure a good quality of the protective coating system:
Avoid large amounts of water being present on the surface.
"Damp" means free from droplets or pools of water.
Steel temperature should be above 0C
High relative humidity does not affect the primer, provided condensation does not take place.
The blasting profile obtained should meet the specification.
For wet or immersed exposure conditions Sigmacover primer must be used.
If the surface is dried completely any specified paint system can be applied.
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4112
System for special conditions
Zinc silicate primed steel
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its excellent anticorrosive properties, zinc silicate primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc silicate primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc silicate primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.

SPECIFICATION 1: system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicate
primer, followed by an epoxy build coat
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 150 m/6.0 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2

SPECIFICATION 2: system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicate
primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a recoatable
polyurethane finish
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover CM miocoat 100 m/4.0 mils
Sigmadur HB finish 50 m/2.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HS
semigloss

page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4112
System for special conditions
Zinc silicate primed steel
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427
Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 see product data sheet 7560
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Quality aspects of zinc silicate application and topcoating see information sheet 1706
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4113
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel
a two page issue May 2000

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical
pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration
regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to
sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average
sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 g per m air.
COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray
will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.
This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more
than 12 mg per litre rain.

GENERAL ASPECTS:
Due to its good anticorrosive properties, zinc epoxy primers are often specified for new fabrication.
However, in maintenance coating systems zinc epoxy primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic
coatings, because of lack of adhesion.
Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided
to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc epoxy primer.
In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.
If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2

SPECIFICATION 2: high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc
epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a
recoatable polyurethane finish
pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system
(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2
paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 m/2.4 mils
Sigmacover DTM coating 150 m/6.0 mils
Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 m/3.0 mils
note Sigmadur HB semigloss can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss
page 2/2
STEEL PROTECTION
4113
System for special conditions
Zinc epoxy primed steel
May 2000
GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:
The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system
present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where
breakdown begins.
All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the
system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.
The following parameters can be used.
For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius
under 2 mm should be ground.
For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.
For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.
REFERENCES
Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528
Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530
Sigmacover HS zinc primer see product data sheet 7702
Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/4

1410

CONVERSION TABLES

a four page issue October 1999
revision of 5-1997

GENERAL
1 atmosphere = 14.223 lb/sq.in.
1 foot = 0.305 metre
1 Imp. gallon = 4.546 litres
1 litre = 0.220 Imp. gallon
1 litre = 0.264 US gallon
1 metre = 3.281 feet
1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre
1 sq. metre = 10.765 sq. feet
1 US gallon = 3.785 litres
1 yard = 0.915 metre
1 metre = 1.0936 yard
degree C = 5/9 x (degree F - 32)
degree F = 9/5 x degree C + 32

PRESSURE
(kg/cm) (p.s.i.) (kg/cm) (p.s.i.)
atmosphere lb/sq.in. atmosphere lb/sq.in.
(bar) (bar)
100 1420
1 14.2 110 1560
2 28.4 120 1710
3 42.7 130 1850
4 56.9 140 1990
5 71.1 150 2130
6 85.3 160 2280
7 99.6 170 2420
8 113.8 180 2560
9 128.0 190 2700
10 142.2 200 2840

VOLUME
1 Imperial gallon = 4.55 litre
= 1.2 US gallons
1 litre = 0.22 Imperial gallon
= 0.26 US gallon
1 US gallon = 3.79 litre
= 0.83 Imperial gallon
litres Imperial US gallons
gallons
1 0.22 0.26
2 0.44 0.53
3 0.66 0.79
4 0.88 1.06
5 1.10 1.32
6 1.32 1.58
7 1.54 1.85
8 1.76 2.11
9 1.98 2.38
10 2.20 2.64
15 3.30 3.96
20 4.40 5.28
50 11.00 13.21
100 22.00 26.42
DRY FILM THICKNESS
mi- mi- mi- mi-
crons crons crons crons
(m) mils (m) mils (m) mils (m) mils
8 0.3 105 4.2 205 8.2 305 12.2
10 0.4 110 4.4 210 8.4 310 12.4
15 0.6 115 4.6 215 8.6 315 12.6
20 0.8 120 4.8 220 8.8 320 12.8
25 1.0 125 5.0 225 9.0 325 13.0
30 1.2 130 5.2 230 9.2 330 13.2
35 1.4 135 5.4 235 9.4 335 13.4
40 1.6 140 5.6 240 9.6 340 13.6
45 1.8 145 5.8 245 9.8 345 13.8
50 2.0 150 6.0 250 10.0 350 14.0
55 2.2 155 6.2 255 10.2 355 14.2
60 2.4 160 6.4 260 10.4 360 14.4
65 2.6 165 6.6 265 10.6 365 14.6
70 2.8 170 6.8 270 10.8 370 14.8
75 3.0 175 7.0 275 11.0 375 15.0
80 3.2 180 7.2 280 11.2 380 15.2
85 3.4 185 7.4 285 11.4 385 15.4
90 3.6 190 7.6 290 11.6 390 15.6
95 3.8 195 7.8 295 11.8 395 15.8
100 4.0 200 8.0 300 12.0 400 16.0



page 2/4

1410

CONVERSION TABLES

October 1999

SPREADING RATE
Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./
Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal
1.0 49 41 5.0 244 203 9.0 440 366
1.1 54 45 5.1 249 208 9.1 445 370
1.2 59 49 5.2 254 212 9.2 450 374
1.3 64 53 5.3 259 216 9.3 455 378
1.4 68 57 5.4 264 220 9.4 460 383
1.5 73 61 5.5 269 224 9.5 464 387
1.6 78 65 5.6 274 228 9.6 469 391
1.7 83 69 5.7 279 232 9.7 474 395
1.8 88 73 5.8 284 236 9.8 479 399
1.9 93 77 5.9 288 240 9.9 484 403
2.0 98 81 6.0 293 244 10.0 490 405
2.1 103 85 6.1 298 248 10.5 515 425
2.2 108 89 6.2 303 252 11.0 540 450
2.3 112 94 6.3 308 256 11.5 560 470
2.4 117 98 6.4 313 260 12.0 585 490
2.5 122 102 6.5 318 265 12.5 610 510
2.6 127 106 6.6 323 269 13.0 635 530
2.7 132 110 6.7 328 273 13.5 660 550
2.8 137 114 6.8 332 277 14.0 685 570
2.9 142 118 6.9 337 281 14.5 710 590
3.0 147 122 7.0 342 285 15.0 735 610
3.1 152 126 7.1 347 289 15.5 760 630
3.2 156 130 7.2 352 293 16.0 780 650
3.3 161 134 7.3 357 297 16.5 805 670
3.4 166 138 7.4 362 301 17.0 830 690
3.5 171 142 7.5 367 305 17.5 855 710
3.6 176 146 7.6 372 309 18.0 880 735
3.7 181 151 7.7 376 313 18.5 905 755
3.8 186 155 7.8 381 317 19.0 930 775
3.9 191 159 7.9 386 321 19.5 955 795
4.0 196 163 8.0 391 325 20.0 980 815
4.1 200 167 8.1 396 330 20.5 1000 835
4.2 205 171 8.2 401 334 21.0 1025 855
4.3 210 175 8.3 406 338 21.5 1050 875
4.4 215 179 8.4 411 342 22.0 1075 895
4.5 220 183 8.5 416 346 22.5 1100 915
4.6 225 187 8.6 420 350 23.0 1125 935
4.7 230 191 8.7 425 354 23.5 1150 955
4.8 235 195 8.8 430 358 24.0 1175 975
4.9 240 199 8.9 435 362 24.5 1200 995


page 3/4

1410

CONVERSION TABLES

October 1999

VISCOSITY
DIN Ford Afnor B.S. DIN Ford Afnor B.S.
cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4 cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4
15 15 17 19 44 53 56 60
16 17 18 20 46 55 59 63
17 18 20 22 48 58 62 66
18 19 21 23 50 60 64 69
19 21 23 25 55 67 71 75
20 22 24 26 60 73 78 82
21 23 25 28 65 79 84 89
22 25 27 29 70 86 91 96
23 26 28 31 75 92 97 105
24 28 30 32 80 98 104 109
25 29 31 33 85 104 110 116
26 30 32 34 90 111 117 123
27 31 34 36 95 117 124 130
28 33 35 37 100 123 130 138
29 34 36 38 110 136 144 152
30 35 38 40 120 148 157 166
32 38 40 43 130 160 171 180
34 40 43 46 140 173 184 194
36 43 46 49 150 185 197 207
38 45 48 52 160 198 210 221
40 48 51 54 170 210 224 235
42 51 54 57 180 223 237 249

page 4/4
" CONVERSION TABLES
October 1999
TEMPERATURE C = ( F - 32 ) x 5/9
C F C F C F C F
10 14.0 8 46.4 32 90 95 203
9 15.8 9 48.2 34 93 100 212
8 17.6 10 50.0 36 97 110 230
7 19.4 11 51.8 38 100 120 248
6 21.2 12 53.6 40 104 130 266
5 23.0 13 55.4 42 108 140 284
4 24.8 14 57.2 44 111 150 302
3 26.6 15 59.0 46 115 160 320
2 28.4 16 60.8 48 118 170 338
1 30.2 17 62.6 50 122 180 356
0 32.0 18 64.4 55 131 190 374
1 33.8 19 66.2 60 140 200 392
2 35.6 20 68.0 65 149 250 482
3 37.4 22 72.0 70 158 300 572
4 39.2 24 75.0 75 167 350 662
5 41.0 26 79.0 80 176 400 752
6 42.8 28 82.0 85 185 450 842
7 44.6 30 86.0 90 194 500 932
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

a seven page issue January 2000
revision of 5-1997

GENERAL
For ease of reference figures are usually stated in one unit only. Equivalents are given in the conversion
tables. See sheet 1410 Conversion tables.
All values are given for temperature of 20C (68F) and relative humidity of 70%, unless stated otherwise.

GLOSS
With a Lange gloss gauge 5 ranges of gloss have been determined, compared with a standard sheet of
black polished glass. The gloss values are determined according to ISO 2813 (= NEN 2813 = ASTM D-523,
DIN 67530).
The expressions used in the data sheets are:
Flat corresponds with 0- 15% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60)
Eggshell corresponds with 15- 30% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60)
Semi-gloss corresponds with 30- 60% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60)
Gloss corresponds with 60- 80% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60)
High-gloss corresponds with 80-100% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60, at 20 angle above 70%)

MICACEOUS IRON OXIDE AND/OR ALUMINIUM CONTAINING PAINTS
Micaceous iron oxide and/or aluminium containing paints show different appearance and colour impression
depending on thickness and application method. A touch-up by brushing may be visible on a sprayed area.

SHELF LIFE
The period from the date of manufacture during which the paint can be transported and stored in
undamaged and unopened packing at temperatures between 10-30C, without any influence on the
application or performance of the paint.
After exceeding this period the paint is subject to reinspection.
Water-borne products must be protected from freezing at all times during storage.

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
see sheet 1490 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust
see sheet 1650 Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature
see also sheets 1492 and 1493 (for pipes and fittings)

FULL CURE
Full cure means, that the properties of a paint as described in the product data sheet are achieved (suitable
for service). However, in case of dry bulk carriage an extra curing time may be required before the coating
has reached its full mechanical strength and is suitable for carriage of hard angular cargoes

FLASH POINT
Is determined for paints according to ISO 1523 (= DIN 53213 = ASTM D-3278, corresponding to Sigma
method SM 311-41)
For thinners the flashpoint is determined according to DIN 51755 (corresponding to Sigma method
SM 311-42) or calculated.
See also sheet 1431 - Safety in confined spaces and health safety.


page 2/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

OVERCOATING TABLE
The data given is a fair indication for normal conditions, longer drying times are necessary at lower
temperatures and under unfavourable weather and/or ventilation conditions and higher dry film thicknesses.
For epoxy coatings the minimum curing time for the recommended dft is given in the data sheets.
For average dfts 50% higher, the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 1,5 and for average dfts
100% higher the multiplication factor is 2,5.

TOUCH DRY
The touch dry time corresponds with the tack free time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01). The touch dry time will be influenced by dft, ventilation
conditions and substrate temperature.

DRY TO HANDLE
The dry to handle time corresponds with the dry-through time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640
(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01) and indicates the time when walking over is possible.
The dry-to-handle time will be influenced by dft, ventilation conditions and substrate temperature and should
not be necessarily interpreted as ready for transportation due to the likelihood of excessive damage.

DRY FILM THICKNESS (dft) / WET FILM THICKNESS (wft)
The dry film thickness can be calculated from the applied wet film thickness:
dft =

wft x % volume solids

wft =

dft x 100
100 % volume solids

Recommended dft
The dry film thickness for a paint system indicated in our system sheets is the recommended dft for the
specific exposure conditions.
Dft specifications referred to herein are valid for the coatings and coating systems in this manual unless
mentioned otherwise in the respective product and system sheets.

Minimum dft for application
The minimum dft of a paint system (also a one coat system) should follow the 90/10 rule (e.g. 90% of the
recommended dft is acceptable for up to 10% of the readings only), whilst for individual coats the
minimum dft should not be lower than 80% of the recommended dft, and must form a closed film.

Maximum dft for application - General
Application of a paint at thicknesses in excess of the dft recommended on the product data sheet may result
in performance problems. Such problems include solvent retention and a reduction in cohesive strength in
association with certain types of topcoat.
In a coating system, the dft of a primer is of the utmost importance. In general, Sigma Coatings would
restrict the dft of any primer to 1.5 times that specified on the product data sheet.



page 3/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

For a coating system, including the individual coats (except the primer), the maximum dft is 2 times the
recommended dft, whereas for the critical areas of a painted structure, 10% of the readings can be between
2 and 2.2 times the recommended dft. Critical areas are e.g. weld seams, edges, bolts, corners, nuts and
areas of difficult access.
For coating specifications requiring coating thicknesses which exceed the recommended dfts as mentioned
in the product and system sheets, the maximum dft allowed should be established per project prior to start-
up.
Over-application and its consequences is a complex subject and is dependent on the generic type of system,
recommended dft and number of coats, as well as the intended exposure.
Please refer to your local Sigma Coatings office if you should have any questions on this important issue.
The life time of any protective coating system is also determined by the dry film thickness applied to critical
areas. The dft of all of these critical areas should be closely monitored and controlled by the application of
stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the system (or as recommended otherwise by
Sigma Coatings). Please note that if a solvented coating has been applied over the specified dft then the
minimum overcoating time must be increased to ensure that sufficient time is given for solvent evaporation.
Care must also be taken to avoid over-application on critical areas during the progress of the job. Over-
application does not lead to enhanced performance life time of the coating system.

Maximum dft for application - Linings
For linings for severe exposure conditions or reinforced solvent free systems, the dft of the primer and the
subsequent coatings can be more critical. Dft limitations are detailed in the respective system / product data
sheets.

Minimum dft for closed film with airless spray.
This is the lowest dft possible which will give a closed film, determined on a glass plate when the paint is
applied by airless spray at the specified temperature . The recommended dft should always be higher.

Maximum dft without sagging with airless spray (when mentioned in the data sheets).
This is the maximum dft at overlaps without sagging of the paint. This value is normally approximately twice
the maximum recommended dft.
Note: the maximum dft without sagging with airless spray is not a maximum recommended thickness.
Application of the paint at dfts higher than the maximum dft may cause sagging.

VOC
Unless otherwise stated, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) figures mentioned in the data sheet are
based on theoretical figures of undiluted products.



page 4/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

SOLIDS CONTENT BY VOLUME
This value is given in the product data sheet. It can be determined by a laboratory test, Sigma method 314-
10 corresponding to ISO method 3233 (= ASTM method D 2697 = DIN 53219, NEN 5346) or calculated from
the formulation.
The calculated theoretical solids content by volume is in general lower than the determined solids content by
volume. The latter approximates best to practice, assuming that the table for spreading rate losses is used
correctly.

TOLERANCES
Values given for specific gravity, theoretical spreading rate and solids content are averages from standard
production batches; these values can vary slightly, also for colours of one product.

VENTILATION
For more information, see the following data sheets:
1430 Safety indications
1431 Safety in confined spaces and health safety, explosion hazard - toxic hazard
1434 Directives for ventilation practice
Adequate ventilation during application and curing of the coating is not only required for health and safety
reasons but also to ensure that the coating gives optimal performance.
Stagnant air/high vapour concentrations in confined spaces must be avoided. Forced ventilation will help to
avoid high vapour concentrations and possible solvent entrapment in the coating which may produce a
temporary plasticising effect. Ventilation with cold, humid air in the drying stage should be avoided.
Also avoid ventilation with heated air during the wet film forming stage as this approach may give skinning
and increased solvent entrapment.

THEORETICAL SPREADING RATE
The theoretical spreading rate m/l for a given dry film thickness can be calculated from:
m/l =

% volume solids x 10

dry film thickness (in m)

PRACTICAL SPREADING RATE
The practical spreading rate depends on a number of factors:
surface condition and profile, application method, normal, high build or solvent-free paint, skill of labour and
weather conditions. It is often estimated at about 70 % of the theoretical spreading rate but under many
conditions this is still far too high. For calculation purposes the following table has been composed in which
spreading rate LOSSES are compiled.
Substrates like wood and concrete are not included because they present too many other variable factors,
especially in the preparation, the filling of pores, etc.

RECOMMENDED THINNERS
This product must only be thinned using the recommended Sigma thinners. The use of alternative thinners,
particularly these containing alcohols, can severely inhibit the curing mechanism of certain coating types
and will influence the performance.


page 5/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

ESTIMATED LOSSES IN PERCENTAGES
ALL FIGURES 10 DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES (AS GUIDE ONLY)
BARE STEEL/FIRST COAT 4) COATED STEEL/NEXT COAT
NEW OLD NEW OLD
Type of surface and blast-cleaned derusted including due for
application method A-B-C C St 3 / D shop primer maintenance
ISO-Sa2 ISO-Sa2
inside outside inside outside inside outside inside outside
LARGE 1) airless spray 30 40 40 50 25 35 35 45
air-spray 40 50 50 60 35 45 45 55
roller 35 35 40 40 30 30 40 40
SMALL 2) airless spray 45 55 55 65 40 50 50 60
air-spray 50 60 65 65 45 55 60 60
roller-brush 25 25 25 30 20 20 30 30
FRAME- airless spray 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
WORK 3) brush 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30

1) LARGE SURFACES : hull, decks, deckhouses, tanks, holds
2) SMALL SURFACES : masts, water ways, machinery, structural steel and complex structures
3) FRAMEWORK : ladders, piping and railings
4) PRIMERS : consumption of first coat is always higher than for subsequent coats because of the steel profile
Estimation of volume of paint necessary for a paint job can be calculated from:

10 x A x DFT

= Q

VS x (100-W) EXAMPLE
Q = quantity in litre Q = to be calculated
A = area in m A = 1000 m
DFT = dry film thickness DFT = 100 m
VS = % volume solids (see data sheet) VS = 50%
W = estimated losses (see table) W = 40%
Q =

10 x 1000 x 100

= 333 ltr.

50 x (100-40)



page 6/7

1411

EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

NOZZLE ORIFICE AND SPRAY ANGLE
In the product data sheets only the recommended orifice is stated. The choice of the spray angle depends
very much on the practical situation. The table below compares orifice and angle with the corresponding
codes of various manufacturers.
ATLAS
ORIFICE ANGLE COPCO BINKS DE VILBISS GRACO/WIWA LINCOLN
0,007 40 740 9-0740 JAC 46 163-407
0,009 40 940 9-0940 JAC 25 163-409 68628-18
0,009 65 163-609
0,011 25 1125 9-1130 JAC 26 163-211 68628-14
0,011 40 1140 9-1140 JAC 28 163-411
0,011 65 1165 JAC 37 163-611 68628-10
0,013 25 1325 9-1330 JAC 27 163-213 68628-16
0,013 50 1350 9-1350 JAC 30 163-513
0,013 65 1365 JAC 47 161-613 68628-12
0,013 80 1380 JAC 38 163-713
0,015 40 1540 9-1540 JAC 29 163-415
0,015 65 1565 JAC 39 163-615 68628-7
0,015 80 1580 JAC 40 163-715
0,018 65 1865 JAC 31 163-619 68628-6
0,018 80 1880 9-1880 JAC 41 163-819 68628-5
0,021 80 2180 9-2180 JAC 42 162-721
0,026 40 2640 JAC 43 163-425
0,026 95 2695 JAC 44
0,036 40 3640 JAC 36 163-435

MIXING RATIO - general
Two component products are delivered in the correct mixing ratio as stated in the product data sheets.
Make sure that all hardener is added to the base, and the coating is thoroughly mixed.
We do not in general recommend mixing parts of a set, as deviation from the recommended mixing ratio
may occur. This may result in poor application and performance properties of the applied system. The
hardener package should not be washed out by a large amount of spraying thinner. If spraying thinner is
needed it should be added during mixing

page 7/7
1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS
January 2000
MIXING RATIO - twin-feed products
The mix ratios in volume for twin-feed applied products should be retrieved from specific data sheets.
It is very important that right ratios are maintained but deviations up to max. 3% are acceptable unless
otherwise stated on specific data sheets.
These products are generally supplied ready for use after mixing of components as extra diluting may result
in deviation of mixing ratio
INDUCTION TIME
If mentioned on the product data sheet the coating should be thoroughly mixed and left for the
recommended time for the particular temperature conditions at application. This induction time or pre-curing
of the product ensures that the coating will give the required performance and application properties.
POT LIFE
This gives the time interval after mixing of the components of the coating during which the material can be
applied, without change of application and performance properties of the coating. For solvent containing
coatings an extra addition of thinner up to 5% is allowed. For solvent free coatings addition of thinner is not
permitted. For solvent free and high solid coatings an exothermic reaction occurs, resulting in gelation
shortly after reaching the end of the pot life. It is important to clean equipment before the pot life has expired
and directly after completion of application of the paint.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Example: How many liters in four quarts?
Notice that the quarts to liter scale has triangles at the top and at the bottom of the scale.
Therefore, the triangle is the pivot point.
page 1/2

1412
NOMOGRAPH
CONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS

a two page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995

The metric nomograph is not intended to be used as a tool for accurately converting one system to the other.
Although the accuracy is comparable with the slide rule, it should be used as an aid in becoming familiar
with the system. The nomograph is reversible for those wishing to convert metric to English.

The left-hand scale is for the English units and may be ounces, pounds, pints, quarts, inches, feet or miles.

The four right-hand scales are metric, each being a double scale and each identified by a symbol at the top
and bottom of the scale.

In the center section of the nomograph are the four symbols. The exact center of each symbol serves as the
pivot point for the scale bearing the same symbol.

page 2/2
1412
NOMOGRAPH
CONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS
October 1999
Line up the 4 on the English unit scale with the triangle and read the answer on the right side of the quarts-
to-liters scale 3.7 liters. A slide rule shows 3.78 and actual multiplication 3.784. That accuracy should be
fine for someone who wants to know that a U.S. gallon is about 3.8 liters. As long as it is remembered that
the English units are always on the left-hand scale, and metric units on the right, the nomograph may be
used for conversion either way.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

1430

SAFETY INDICATIONS

a three page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995

Most paints contain flammable solvents and some contain materials which can harm the skin, or damage
the health if swallowed or inhaled. Whilst most countries have developed regulations to control labelling,
storage and use of toxic or hazardous material as yet there is no agreed international code or system.

Sigma Coatings will adopt the local requirements in any country where their products are sold, but since it is
quite impossible and even confusing to apply all the marks which could be required for every country,
a Sigma Coatings system has been developed which is standard for our products throughout the world.
We will then add local regulation markings in addition, if required.

Two major classes of risk must be controlled and precautions defined which will reduce the risk to
acceptable levels:

A) Health risks, these include:
1. Gases or vapours. These could include solvent evaporation during the drying period, or perhaps formed
during heating of the painted object.
2. Liquids in the paint. These might be solvents, or perhaps binders, which may be toxic if swallowed or
inhaled as spray droplets, or dermatitic or toxic in contact with the skin.
3. Powders or dusts. These can be formed during heating painted objects (e.g. flame cutting or welding
painted steel), or be present in powder formed during sanding operations, or in spray mist.

B) Fire or explosion risks, these include:
1. Fire risk during storage or transport. Most paints other than water based products can be ignited and will
support flame.
2. Explosion hazard during application. Flammable solvents in mixture with oxygen in air can explode within
certain concentration limits if ignited or detonated.

The following sentences are used to define the classes of hazard and this data sheet gives details of
precautions which should be taken in each case.



page 2/3

1430

SAFETY INDICATIONS

October 1999

Relatively harmless paint Normal measures which are always applicable are:
Wash hands regularly and thoroughly with warm water/soap.
Immediately cover any wound or cut.
Do not roll cigarettes, smoke, or eat with dirty hands.
Beware of possible dust or fumes resulting from sand papering or
burning.
Check carefully that there is no possible fire or explosion risk.
Check whether extra ventilation is required.

Highly flammable paint. Flash point of paints and solvents is stated in all our product data sheets.
Flash point up to and This is the lowest temperature at which a mixture of the material with air
including 23 C (DIN 53213). can ignite or explode. If the temperature of the air is near, or above, the
flash point it is essential that sufficient ventilation air is provided to reduce
the concentration of solvent well below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.).
Mixtures of solvent and air can only explode when the concentration lies
between the lower and upper explosive limits.
These limits vary from one solvent to another but the LEL is usually about
50 g per 1 m of air.
This is described in detail in sheet 1431.
In brief 200 m ventilation air is required per kilo of solvent to maintain an
atmosphere below 10% of LEL.
Such a mixture is safe even at temperatures above the flash point.

Gloves recommended Solvents and other components in some paints can irritate the skin, and
although in normal paints this may only be a minor and temporary irritation,
Paint which irritates or dermatitis of sensitive skins can be caused by solvents or chemicals in
affects skin or mucous some paints. These are indicated by this glove sentence. Barrier creams
membranes. together with gloves, goggles and possibly face masks should be used.
In all cases, however, the habit of using solvents to clean the skin after
painting should be discouraged.
Contact of paint with the skin should be avoided by use of barrier creams
and protective gloves. Any paint on the skin should be removed at once with
skin cleaning liquids or jellies and then washed with water.

Mask recommended Dust, smoke and spray mist can be filtered by face masks containing a dust
filter cartridge. Cartridges are also available which absorb both dust and
Inhalation of dust and solvents. These are only effective whilst there is no apparent smell of
spraymist is harmful. solvent. The filter is exhausted when the odour of solvent can be detected
and the filter should then be changed. It is most important that the correct
filter for the class of work should be used. These are described by the
manufacturers of the face mask and filter.

page 3/3
1430 SAFETY INDICATIONS
October 1999
Fresh Air Mask recommended Toxic substances in paints usually enter the body by inhalation of gases,
vapours, fumes, dusts or spray mists. An indication of the level of hazard is
Inhalation of vapour and the Threshold Limits Value (T.L.V.), at one time called Maximum Allowable
dust is harmful. Concentration (M.A.C.). This is the concentration which can be tolerated by
a healthy worker for 8 hours a day without adverse effects. The lower the
figure, the more toxic the substance.
The concentrations are given either as parts per million (ppm), i.e. cm of
vapour per m of air, or for solid dusts as mg per m. The minimum volume
for air required to achieve this safe level of concentration will be given in our
data sheets. This volume may in some cases be as much as 20 times that
required to reach 10% of LEL and in some classes of work it may be
impractical to supply the volume of air required to allow the required rate of
usage of paint in the compartment. In such cases it is essential that
operators are supplied with, and required to use, fresh air masks or
respirators fed with clean air at positive pressure. It is important that the
mask has a good facial fit. See also sheet 1431.
Paint contains heavy toxic Keep skin covered as far as possible, wear gloves and protect the eyes.
substances and is dangerous. Avoid contamination of the skin. Provide very good ventilation and wear
fresh air mask. Change all overclothes and shoes immediately after finishing
the work. Keep dirty cloths and other objects separate, destroy or clean
contaminated clothes with care. Wash the hands very thoroughly.
Handle empty containers with care and avoid contamination of the
environment with any poisonous paint or waste.
THE SIGMA WARNING SYSTEM will show one, or a combination of more than one, of the described
sentences. The safety code required in each country will be added to drums used in that country.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/5

1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

a five page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995

When paints containing solvents are applied in enclosed or confined spaces, two hazards can exist,
explosion and toxicity and precautions must be taken to eliminate them.

General aspects of explosion hazards
The nature of this hazard is explained in detail below. The essential precaution to be taken is that sufficient
ventilation air must be provided to maintain the ratio of vapour/air at no more than 10% of the lower
explosive limit. The method for calculation is given below and data on minimum ventilation air quantity is
given in product data sheets. If the flash point of the solvent is above the working temperature, then an
explosion cannot occur. However, it may still be necessary to ventilate to provide a clean working
atmosphere or to eliminate toxic hazard.
An explosion is simply very rapid burning of a flammable mixture (in the case of paint, it is the burning of
solvent vapour in oxygen contained in the air). The speed of combustion is so great that there is extremely
rapid development of heat and pressure (6 to 9 times the original pressure). This can lead to destruction of
the compartment and injury to work people. Three factors must be present to create an explosion.
a. The mixture of vapour and air must be between the lower explosive limit (LEL) and the upper explosive
limit.
b. The mixture must be at a temperature above the flash point temperature of the vapour.
c. A source of ignition with high enough temperature and energy must be present to initiate the explosion
reaction.
These three factors explain the reasons for the safety precautions.

Ventilation to provide an atmosphere below LEL
It is usual to specify that ventilation should be provided to reduce vapour concentration to less than 10% of
LEL. This large safety margin is required to allow for variations in ventilation in all parts of a compartment.
The minimum ventilation air in m per minute may be calculated from the formula:

(P x A) + (Q x B)

t
Calculation
P = volume of paint applied in the compartment in litres during time t minutes.
Q = volume of added solvent used in the paint applied in the compartment in litres in time t minutes.
A = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of paint to reach 10% LEL.
B = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of solvent to reach 10% LEL.
t = time of application in minutes of volume P of paint.



TOXIC HAZARD
page 2/5

1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999

Example
100 litres of paint (P) plus 5 litres of thinner (Q) are used within 45 minutes (t).
Value A is e.g. 60 m (given in product data sheet).
Value B is e.g. 130 m (given in product data sheet).
Ventilation air quantity m per minute to reach 10% LEL is:

(100 x 60) + (5 x 130)

= 147.7 m per minute.

45

Remarks
This quantity of ventilation air must be maintained throughout the application of the paint and also during the
period of evaporation of solvent.
The ventilation must be arranged so that all parts of the compartment are properly ventilated. It is necessary
for the applicator or the contractor to check vapour concentrations (in varying positions) regularly with an
explosion meter. If the concentration rises above 10% LEL, painting must stop until the vapour concentration
is reduced to a safe level again.

Flash point
If possible paints with flash points above the ambient temperature should be used. This often is not possible,
particularly in compartments heated up by strong sunlight in summer. In such cases it is even more
essential that ventilation below 10% LEL is maintained.

Sources of ignition
Sparks, hot surfaces, flames and all other sources of ignition must be absolutely prevented. Flame proof
lighting and electrical equipment must be used, spark proof tools and clothing should be used and all work
must be prohibited in adjacent compartments. All equipment, whether electrical or not electrical
(e.g. pneumatic pumps, spray tips, etc.) must be adequately earthed to ensure no accumulation of static
electrical charge.



page 3/5

1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

General aspects of toxic hazard
Many solvents used in paint have some degree of toxicity and it is necessary to provide sufficient ventilation
air to maintain safe atmosphere below the threshold limit value (TLV). With many common solvents this may
be impractical when applying large volumes of paint in a short time. In such cases ventilation to give a clear
visibility and safety from explosion will still be necessary. It will also be necessary to provide operators in the
compartment with fresh air masks or hoods. Barrier creams and protective clothing may also be necessary.
Full details are given below and data for calculation of RAQ (required air quantity) are also provided.
It is necessary to keep certain rules when using any paint since all can be harmful (even ordinary emulsion
paints are dangerous if swallowed!). The following are basic safety precautions:

Inhalation of dust and fumes
This must be avoided by the use of ventilation or extraction.
products should be used in well ventilated areas
forced ventilation or fresh air masks should be used in confined spaces
a face mask should be worn when spraying, sanding or blast cleaning

Skin contact
Some substances used in paint may cause irritation after repeated or prolonged contact with the skin and in
susceptible cases there is a risk of dermatitis.
operatives with a history of skin sensitivity should not be employed in processes where skin contact can
occur
prolonged or repeated contact of paint with the skin should be avoided
barrier cream should be supplied and used
gloves should be worn
do not wash hands with solvent
use a proprietary hand cleanser

Ingestion
The ingestion (swallowing) of paint must always be avoided.
food should not be brought into or consumed in the work area where coatings are stored or used
thorough washing of hands and face is essential after applying paint, particularly before eating or smoking
if paint or thinners should accidently be swallowed, seek medical attention immediately

Eye protection
Steps should be taken to prevent material entering the eyes.
goggles should be worn whenever necessary
if the eyes become contaminated they should be irrigated with water; seek medical attention immediately



page 4/5

1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

Theoretical ventilation requirements
In the product data sheets, data are given for the minimum required ventilation air quantity (RAQ) in cubic
metres when 1 litre of paint is applied or when 1 litre of thinner is used. The TLV (=threshold limit value) for
the mixture of components and solvents in the paint or for the mixture of solvents used in thinners has been
calculated.

Calculation
The quantity of ventilation air required in m per minute during application and drying can be calculated
from the formula:

(P x M) + (Q x N)

t
P = quantity of paint consumed in litres.
Q = quantity of thinner consumed in litres.
M = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of paint.
N = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of thinner.
t = application time in minutes.

Example
100 litres of paint (P) are consumed in 45 minutes (t). 5 Litres of thinner (Q) were added to thin down the
paint to the prescribed application viscosity. Value M is e.g. 780 m (see product data sheet).
Value N is e.g. 2170 m (see product data sheet).

The ventilation air quantity required during application and drying to reach TLV is:

(100 x 780) + (5 x 2170)

= 1974 m per minute

45

Remarks
In semi-confined areas such as rooms with open doors and windows or the super structure of a ship, natural
ventilation will be about 2 to 5 times the content of the room or space per hour, depending on weather
conditions.
The amount of fresh air necessary to reach TLV will be approximately 10 to 20 times the amount of fresh air
necessary to reach 10% of LEL. When it is impractical to ventilate in such a way that TLV is not reached then
fresh air masks must be used.

page 5/5
1431
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY
EXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD
October 1999
Emergency procedure
It may be necessary to enter an atmosphere which is unsafe. (You may have to rescue somebody). Before
entering a confined space or tank ensure that:
you wear breathing apparatus
you wear a lifeline
the lifeline is properly tended
a watch is kept on you
a means of communication exists
a system of signals is agreed
you and everybody else involved understand the signals
You must also make sure that:
a back-up or rescue squad is equipped to render assistance
resuscitation equipment is on hand
If you have to keep watch or tend a lifeline:
keep a careful watch on your men below
If you cannot see them:
call out to them from time to time
make sure they answer
If they do not answer repeated calls or if they show signs of drunkenness or unusual behaviour:
RAISE THE ALARM IMMEDIATELY
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESCUE THE VICTIM BY YOURSELF
DO NOT BECOME A VICTIM
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

1434

DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE

a two page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995

Ventilation is required for reasons of health and safety. In addition for solvent containing coatings the quality
of a coating system is greatly affected by the amount and type of residual solvent in the layer when the
coating dries or cures.
Adhesion, water resistance, mechanical and chemical properties can all be adversely affected when solvents
remain trapped in the paint film. Very slow evaporation of trapped solvents can also develop internal stresses
due to shrinkage.
The ventilation must be maintained throughout the application process at a minimum level of 10% of LEL
value and for a period after application is completed when the paint cures or dries. As a guide line for good
ventilation after application the confined space should be ventilated 4 to 5 times its contents per hour.
Product data sheets indicate when any special ventilation requirements are required.
Hot ventilation: Ventilating air with too high temperature can cause surface curing of epoxy coatings and
although it may be necessary to produce a dry substrate before painting, the steel and air temperature
should be such that when the application starts, the temperature of the ventilation (dehumidifier/heater)
should be dropped so that the conditions stay stable. Hot ventilation air should be replaced by cool dry
ventilation air as soon as possible after application of any coat is completed.
Good ventilation consists of at least extraction at the lowest areas, but in most cases when controlled
conditions are needed, also of air input (dry and/or heated). The combination of in and output must be
correctly balanced.
The opening of the extraction hose should be close to the bottom of the tank (approx 30-60 cm).
Ventilation air should be directed to the bottom of the tank or compartment and should be extracted by
exhaust fans of correctly balanced capacity.
For complex structures the ventilation should be distributed over all compartments and confined spaces in
order to facilitate good ventilation in all areas.
BALLAST TANKS AND OTHER CONFINED SPACES.
Due to regulations of the shipbuilding industry ballast tanks and double skin tanks count for many square
meters confined spaces. Therefore it is necessary to pay good attention to the ventilation conditions during
application, drying and curing of the coating on these areas.
Depending on the structure of the ballast tanks, forced ventilation or natural ventilation is used during
coating of the new building blocks.
However, natural ventilation in many cases is not sufficient due to half open box conditions and can cause
serious drawbacks related to health and safety as well as curing and performance of the coating.
When ventilation is not sufficient solvents will not be removed, but will drift to the lower part of the section.
As normally first the upperparts of a section will be painted, the solvents evaporating from the applied
coating will drift to the lower part where it will attack the earlier applied coating (not yet fully cured) and this
coating will absorb part of the solvents and swell. This coating will then be overcoated and problems related
to bad adhesion, curing, water resistance etc. will result.
In case of waterborne paints, this advice is not valid. Water vapour rises to the upper areas of the tank and
may give condensation. Therefore it is recommended to position an extra exhaust outlet at the top of the
tank.
page 2/2
1434 DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE
October 1999
Also in this case ventilation is of utmost importance as drying under insufficient ventilation will prevent paint
film formation.
Practices recommended
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/7

1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

a seven page issue October 1999
revision of 5-1997

DERUSTING METHODS The effective life time of a coating applied onto a steel surface is dependent
to a very large extent on how thoroughly the surface has been prepared prior
to painting.
Surface preparation consists of primary surface preparation which aims to
remove mill scale, rust and foreign matter from a steel surface prior to the
application of a shop primer or primer.
Secondary surface preparation aims to remove rust and foreign matter,
if any, from a steel surface coated with a shop primer or primer prior to
application of the anticorrosive paint system.
A steel surface can be derusted in the following ways.

Wire brushing Wire brushing, usually done with rotating wire brushes, is a conventional
method, not suitable for the removal of mill scale, but suitable for the
preparation of weld seams. The main disadvantage is, that treated surfaces
are often not completely free of corrosion products and tend to become
polished and contaminated with oil. This decreases the adhesion of priming
paints and the performance of a paint system.

Chipping Chipping or mechanical chipping is usually done in combination with wire-
brushing. It is sometimes suitable for local repairs with conventional or
special formulated paint systems. It is not suitable for general preparation of
surfaces to be coated with epoxy or chlorinated rubber paints. It can be used
for the removal of thick rust scale and economises in later blasting
operations.

Needle hammer To remove rust, paint etc. from corners and angles in order to achieve a
cleaned surface with a profile.

Flame cleaning Flame cleaning involves derusting by thermal treatment making use of
burning equipment (acetylene or propane and oxygen). It removes almost all
mill scale, but rust to a lesser extent. Therefore this method cannot meet the
requirements of modern paint systems.

Disc sanding Disc sanding involves use of rotating discs covered with abrasive material.
It is used for local repairs or for the removal of small barnacles. The quality
of these discs has been very much improved, and these can give good
standards of preparation.



page 2/7

1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Sweep blasting A hand operated form of superficial blast cleaning in which a primed or
coated steel surface is roughened and is free of almost all visible
contamination. (except oil contamination or traces of rust)
A: light sweep, purpose: roughening of intact coating
Abrasive: small (0,2-0,5 mm)
B: heavy sweep (approx ISO-Sa1), purpose: removing of not sound coating
areas - layers
Abrasive: small to medium (0,2-0,5/0,2-1,5 mm)
Reference: Repainting of old metallic structures, limited blast cleaning scale
Technical Guide, November 1993
Laboratoire Central des Ponts et Chauss es 58,
bd Lefebvre, F 75732 Paris Cedex 15

Blast cleaning The impingement of a high kinetic energy stream of abrasive onto the
surface to be prepared. It is either hand operated by jet or automatically by
impeller and is the most thorough method of derusting. Centrifugal blast
cleaning, compressed air blast cleaning and vacuum blast cleaning are well
known types.

Shot The particles are as far as practical spherical and solid and should not
contain more than the minimum practical amount of tails and irregular
shapes.
Primers to be used for shot blasted steel should be checked on performance.

Grit The particles show good angularity form with sharp cutting edges and
should be substantially free from half-rounds (i.e. shot split in half).
Unless otherwise stated in the specifications a mineral grit should be used.

Water (abrasive) ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (UHPWJ)
cleaning/jetting Pressure - more than 1700 bar
(Terminology NACE) Use: Complete removal of all coatings and rust.
The result can be compared with dry abrasive blast cleaning, but with
flash rust after drying.

HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (HPWJ)
Pressure - from 700 to 1700 bar
Use: Most paints and corrosion products will be removed, Magnetite and
hard tightly adherent coating may be left but can be removed with
difficulty.



page 3/7

1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (HPWC)
Pressure - from 350 to 700 bar
Use: Loose paint, rust, debris and material in pits will be removed, but
black iron oxide (Magnetite) will remain. A uniform matte finish cannot
be achieved.

LOW PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (LPWC)
Pressure - lower than 350 bar
Use: Removal of salt, dirt and poorly adherent surface contamination.
Mainly washing of surface

LOW PRESSURE WATER ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING
Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm
Cleaning speed = 10-16 m /hour depending on material to be removed.
Use: abrasive reduction, dust reduction, salt removal, avoidance of spark
hazard. The result is comparable with dry abrasive blast cleaning,
but with flash rust after drying.

STEAM CLEANING
Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm
Use: Removal of water soluble or water emulsified contamination; the
substrate dries quicker compared to a water rinsed substrate.

ISO STANDARDS When specifying a precise degree of derusting and cleaning of a steel
surface prior to painting, Sigma uses the International standard
ISO 8501-1-1988 and ISO 8504-1992.

ISO 8501-1 This indicates the following rust grades:
Applicable to bare A = steel surface largely covered with adherent mill
mill-scaled or rusty steel scale but little, if any, rust.
B = steel surface which has begun to rust and from which the mill scale
has begun to flake.
C = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or from which it
can be scraped, but with slight pitting visible when viewed normally.
D = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away and on which
general pitting is visible when viewed normally.



page 4/7

1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

DEGREES OF PRIMARY The ISO standard indicates seven preparation degrees.
SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications:
ISO-St Surface preparation by hand and power tool cleaning, such as scraping,
Hand and power tool wire-brushing, machine-brushing and grinding, is designated by the letters
cleaning St.
Prior to hand and power tool cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be
removed by chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After hand and power tool cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose
dust and debris.

ISO-St2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Thorough hand and oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings
power tool cleaning and foreign matter.

ISO-St3 As for St2, but the surface shall be treated much more thoroughly to give a
Very thorough hand metallicsheen arising from the metallic substrate.
and power tool cleaning

ISO-Sa
Blast cleaning



Surface preparation by blast cleaning is designated by the letters Sa.
Prior to blast cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be removed by
chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.
After blast cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust and debris.

ISO-Sa1 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Light blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings
and foreign matter.

ISO-Sa2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Thorough blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt and from most of the mill scale, rust, paint coatings and
foreign matter. Any residual contamination shall be firmly adhering.

ISO-Sa2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
Very thorough blast oil, grease and dirt and from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign
cleaning matter. Any remaining traces of contamination shall show only as slight
stains in the form of spots or stripes.

ISO-Sa3 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible
blast cleaning to oil, grease and dirt and shall be free from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and
tvisually clean steel foreign matter. It shall have a uniform metallic colour.




page 5/7



1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Remark The photographs in the ISO Standard publication are given as illustration
only. They do not represent the complete preparation degree, which also
includes a cleaning operation which is not visible in the photographs.
(colourless contamination).

Equivalents As far as blast cleaning is concerned, equivalents according to British,
German and American standards are given in the following table.

ISO 8501-01
SIS 05 59 00 BS 4232 SSPC-Vis 1
DIN 55928 Teil 4
Sa3 1st quality White metal SP 5
Sa2 2nd quality Near white SP 10
Sa2 3rd quality Commercial SP 6

Roughness of To specify the roughness, a variety of values is used.
blast cleaned steel Such as R
z
, R
t
and R
a
.
R
z
= average peak to valley height = blasting profile
R
t
= maximum peak to valley height
R
a
= average distance to an imaginary centre line which can be drawn
between peaks and valleys = C.L.A. = Centre Line Average (ISO 3274)
Normally Sigma Coatings uses R
z
values.
Blasting Profile (R
z
) = 4 to 6 times C.L.A. (R
a
).
The direct measuring of the dft of primers applied onto blast cleaned steel in
a thickness up to 30 m is very inaccurate. A primer dft of 30 m and more
gives an average thickness and not the thickness present on the peaks.
When in the specifications blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2 is mentioned a
blasting profile R
z
of 35-50 m should be obtained using mineral grit unless
otherwise mentioned.
Above a R
a
roughness of 17 m (= blasting profile R
z
of 100 m) it is
recommended to use an additional coat of primer to cover the roughness.
A roughness profile above 100 m often results if heavily rusted steel is
blast cleaned.

JAPANESE STANDARDS These establish a systematic standard for secondary surface preparation
Standard for the preparation prior to protective painting when shop primers are used in the construction
of steel surface prior to process of hull or steel structures.
painting SPSS-1984




page 6/7



1490

CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Surface condition H = shop primed steel surface in way of hand welding
A = shop primed steel in way of automatic welding
F = shop primed steel surface in way of gas-burning
D = shop primed steel surface having white zinc salt
R = shop primed steel surface having rust in the form of spots

GRADES OF SECONDARY The Japanese Standard indicates six preparation degrees.
SURFACE PREPARATION The following standards are often used in specifications.

SPSS-Pt2 Surface prepared by wire brushing for the surface condition A, D and R,
by wire brushing and disc sander for the surface condition H,
by disc sander for the surface condition F. Almost all rust and foreign
master are fairly removed.
If mentioned for other surface conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel),
almost all rust and foreign matter, have to be removed by wire brushing
and/or disc sander.

SPSS-Pt3 Surface prepared by wire brushing and (in combination with!)
disc sander for the surface condition H and A
and by disc sander for the surface condition F, R and D.
Rust and foreign matter are removed to the extent that the surface has a
uniform metallic sheen.
If mentioned for other surfaces conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel) all
rust and foreign matter has to be removed to the extent that the surface has
a uniform metallic sheen.
Also used for the preparation of primed or coated substrate to remove rust
from small areas such as scratches, pinpoints or areas of mechanical
damage.

SPSS-Ss Surface prepared by light blast cleaning of slug sands or grits.
(Shop primer with the little trace of rust is noticeable.)
Also used for the preparation of a primed or coated substrates or galvanized
steel to roughen the surface and to remove contamination or traces of rust.

Remarks In the Japanese Standard the expressions Sd2 and Sd3 are used, which are
equivalent to the Swedish expressions Sa2 and Sa3.

page 7/7
1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST
October 1999
Degree of cleanliness The International and the Japanese Standards give a visual impression of the
quality of the derusted steel.
However, chemical contamination like soluble salts etc. are not visible and
remains partly on the surface.
Presence of excessive amounts of water soluble salts can cause blistering of
the coating by osmosis.
Water soluble salts in mineral abrasives.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts in mineral
abrasives is 300 s/cm (corresponds with 30 ms/m).
See further sheet 1491
Water soluble salts on the steel surface.
For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts on the steel
surface amounts 60 mg/m (corresponds with 6 g/cm) chloride,
determined by the Bresle method (ISO 8502-6).
REFERENCES
Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

1491

SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES

a two page issue October 1999
revision of 1-1995

SCOPE
This specification covers mineral abrasives such as corundum, aluminium silicate slag, or any slag mixtures
which are suitable for removing rust, scale, old paint or shop primer from steel by blast cleaning and giving a
satisfactory anchor pattern.
This specification covers only those abrasives commonly known as utility grades.

REQUIREMENTS
Material The abrasive may be any material meeting the requirements of this specification. It shall be
composed of clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic
substances, organic matter and water soluble salts.
The abrasive supplier shall certify that any product to be delivered conforms to all requirements stated
herein.
pH 100 gram of a representative abrasive sample is crushed using a mortar and pestle. Approximately 50
grams of the crushed sample is added to 200 ml de-ionized water. The pH of this slurry is then determined
through the use of an electronic pH meter with an accuracy of 0.01 pH unit.
A slurry mixture prepared in this way shall not have a pH below 6.20.

Water Soluble Salts The abrasive is mixed with de-ionized water, conductivity max. 1 S/cm, in the
proportion 1:2, e.g. 50 cm abrasive to 100 cm water. The mixture is shaken for 5 minutes, allowed to
settle for at least 1 hour and then shaken again for 5 minutes. Some of the water is decanted, the
temperature is recorded and the conductivity measured by a conductivity gauge.
If the conductivity gauge does not have any temperature compensation adjustment, the conductivity should
be converted to 20 C or measurement should be carried out at this temperature.
If the conductivity exceeds 300 S/cm the abrasive is rejected.

If the abrasive is to be used for High Pressure Wet Abrasive Blastcleaning the total amount of water soluble
matter should be below 0,5% by weight.

Moisture Content Approximately 200 grams of abrasive shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 g in a tared
weighing dish and dried at 105 to 110 C for 3 hours or more until successive weighings after additional 1
hour heating periods show a weight change of not more than 0.1%. The percentage of moisture is calculated
as follows:
percent moisture =

original weight - final weight

x 100

original weight of sample
The moisture content for material deliverd in bags or in bulk shall not exceed 0.5% by weight.

Oil and Grease The abrasive shall not be contaminated with oil and grease. 10 cm abrasive is shaken
with 10 cm methylene chloride for about 5 minutes. 5 drops of the solvent are applied to a clean glass
plate. After complete evaporation of the solvent the glass plate is exposed to ultraviolet light in total
darkness.
If there is blue fluorescence the abrasive is rejected.

page 2/2
1491 SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES
October 1999
Hardness Examine the abrasive material under a low-power microscope (10 x) and, if grains of different
colour or character are present, select a few grains of each. Separately place the grains thus differentiated
between two glass microscope slides. While applying pressure, slowly move one slide over the other with a
reciprocating motion for 10 seconds. Examine the glass surface and, if scratched, the material shall be
considered as having a minimum hardness of 6 on Mohs scale. If any grains that fail to scratch glass are
present, in any appreciable quantity, the total batch is rejected.
Grain Shape The individual abrasive grains shall be angular in shape.
Surface Profile The abrasive material shall produce a prescribed blasting profile Rz value (varying
between 40-100 m)
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


Page 1/4


1650
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE

a four page issue January 1995
reprint of 8-88

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN (VENTILATION) AIR-TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
To achieve optimum results in coating work it is essential to ensure that no condensation occurs on the
substrate or in-between coats during the painting process. Air at a given temperature can only contain a
certain (maximum) amount of water vapour. This amount is lower at lower temperatures.

The maximum water content of air at different temperatures is given in the next table:

Degrees Centigrade Maximum water content g/m
0 4,8
5 6,8
10 9,5
15 12,8
20 17,3
25 23,0
30 30,4
35 39,6
40 51,1
45 65,0

From these figures the relationship between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity can be
calculated. This relationship is given in the next table:

Relation between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity

Air
Dew point in C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
5 4.1 2.9 1.8 0.9 0.0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6
6 3.2 2.1 1.0 0.1 0.9 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.5
7 2.4 1.3 0.2 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5
8 1.6 0.4 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.5
9 0.8 0.4 1.7 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.6 7.5
10 0.1 1.3 2.6 3.7 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.4
11 1.0 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.6 8.6 9.4
12 1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.6 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.4
13 2.8 4.2 5.4 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.4
14 3.7 5.1 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4
15 4.7 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.5 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4



Page 2/4


1650
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE

January 1995

Air
Dew point in C at a relative humidity of:

Temperature
C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%
16 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.5 10.5 11.6 12.5 13.5 14.4
17 6.5 7.9 9.2 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.3
18 7.4 8.8 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.5 14.5 15.4 16.3
19 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.5 16.4 17.3
20 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14.4 15.4 16.4 17.4 18.3
21 10.2 11.6 12.9 14.2 15.3 16.4 17.4 18.4 19.3
22 11.1 12.5 13.8 15.2 16.3 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.3
23 12.0 13.5 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.4 20.3 21.3
24 12.9 14.4 15.7 17.0 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.3
25 13.8 15.3 16.7 17.9 19.1 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.2
26 14.8 16.2 17.6 18.8 20.1 21.2 22.3 23.3 24.2
27 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.8 21.1 22.2 23.2 24.3 25.2
28 16.6 18.1 19.5 20.8 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2
29 17.5 19.1 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.2 26.2 27.2
30 18.4 20.0 21.4 22.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 27.2 28.2

Using these figures curves can be drawn which give the relationship between air temperature, relative
humidity and dew point. (See graph).

To allow a sensible safety margin normally the substrate temperature must be at least 3 degrees centigrade
above the dew point. The dew point is the temperature of a given air-water vapour mixture at which
condensation starts, since at that temperature the maximum water content of the air is reached.

Many important conclusions can be drawn from the graph, e.g.:
at a relative humidity of 85% the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is approximately equal to the
temperature of the (ventilation) air. For this reason outdoor paintwork must normally be carried out at a
relative humidity below 85%.
at a relative humidity of 90% the difference in temperature between substrate and dew point will be only
2 C, which means that the safety margin is narrowed. This can be overcome by raising the substrate
temperature by approx. 1 C.
at a relative humidity of 70% the relationship between the acceptable substrate temperature and the
temperature of the (ventilation) air is given by the following table:

air temperature C 5 10 20 30
dew point C 0,0 4,7 14,4 23,9
lowest acceptable substrate temperature C 3,0 7,7 17,4 26,9

Page 3/4
1650
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE
sheet two January 1995
Although the substrate temperatures given in this table are well below the temperature of the surrounding
air no condensation will occur under the stated prevailing conditions.
if the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is for example 5C and the temperature of the atmosphere
is also 5C than the ventilation air can be heated and relative humidity will then be reduced according to
the following table:
air temperature C 5 10 20 30 40
relative humidity % 85 60 32 18 11
In general reduction in temperature leads to risk of condensation.
For instance steel cooled down during the night will often show condensation and this will not evaporate until
the steel is heated up again by sunlight or other means.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


Page 4/4


1650
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -
AIR TEMPERATURE




page 1/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
an eight page issue February 2000
revision of 10-95

INTRODUCTION
Zinc silicates are widely specified as the primer for much of the steel utilised by the petrochemical and
offshore industries. They may be used without topcoats as tank linings, but organic topcoats are normally
specified for atmospheric exposure. In acidic and alkaline environments zinc corrodes rapidly and topcoats
improve durability as well as appearance. Two main types of zinc silicate are now available. Water based
alkyl silicates are mainly used as tank linings, although there is increasing interest in their use on structural
steel. Solvent based ethyl zinc silicates are most commonly used on steel structures.
The following aspects are covered in this note:
1. Porosity
- topcoat bubbling
- removal of contamination
2. Excessive thickness
- mud cracking
- low cohesive strength
3. Formation of zinc salts
- effect of salts on performance
- removal of salts
4. Spot repair of old zinc silicate/organic systems

1. POROSITY OF ZINC SILICATES
Zinc silicates are by nature porous. The porous silicate matrix of a freshly applied zinc silicate does not fill all
the available space between the zinc particles. This leads to a number of practical disadvantages.
An understanding of these can help to avoid possible problems:
a. organic topcoat bubbling
b. contamination difficult to remove
a. Topcoat bubbling
Also known as popping or application blistering, this is a problem which causes more irritation than any
other. As already mentioned zinc silicates are porous by nature. After several months of curing outdoors,
the porosity gradually fills to form a close, dense film due to formation of zinc salts by reaction with moisture
and carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
Most construction schedules do not allow one or two months before topcoating and the primer must be
topcoated while it is under cover and still porous. This often causes bubbling of the subsequent topcoat.
There is always a risk of popping when overcoating zinc silicates, but the longer they have been weathered
the less the likelihood of problems.



page 2/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
February 2000

The mechanism
Popping is caused by the release of air and gas, in bubble form, from a porous surface through freshly
applied wet paint films. This causes blisters which either break, leaving a pinhole, or remain in the film.
When a solvent containing organic topcoat is spray applied to a porous surface, some of the solvent
penetrates into the pores. At the same time there is a drop in the surface temperature due to decompression
and sudden solvent evaporation. The temperature rapidly increases again, expanding the air and gas in the
pores. Additionally there is a tendency for the solvent trapped in the pores to try to release itself. These
combinded actions cause the formation of bubbles.












Popping
The higher the ambient temperature the greater the problem and if the surface temperature is steadily rising
due to exposure to the sun the problem will be worse. Topcoat bubbling is also more likely with fast
overcoating times or by drying of the zinc silicate in conditions of very low humidity.
The likelihood of topcoat pinholing or blistering over inorganic zinc primers depends on both the choice of
primer and the choice of topcoat. Application of a glossy (high binder content/low PVC) finish directly to a
zinc silicate primer is likely to cause problems.
Intact blisters or pinholes easily visible to the naked eye will usually not be accepted and will normally
require repair. Very small hardly visible pinholes are usually acceptable and in practice, even if the zinc
appears to be exposed at small holes, these are generally impregnated with coating.
Arguments sometimes arise over whether pinholes are or are not closed. The worry being that if the zinc
silicate is exposed to the atmosphere, corrosion may take place. This can easily be checked using a low
voltage wet sponge tester. Usually when this test is applied to a typical zinc silicate/epoxy/polyurethane
system still showing some pinholes after application of the final coat, no holidays (holes) are indicated.
Response is often negative even after the first coat of epoxy, but positive on the conductive zinc primer.


page 3/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
February 2000

Minimising popping from the start
The quality of the application of the zinc silicate plays a crucial role. It should be spray applied as an even
wet film to the correct wet film thickness. In hot conditions some extra thinner may be needed. Excessive
film thickness should be carefully avoided. Dry spray/overspray should also be avoided as far as possible
and must be removed before topcoating. It is a loose powder which can be rubbed off by light abrasion or by
rubbing with aluminium wire mesh. (This may have to be done quite quickly in hot conditions where heavy
overnight condensation is usual).
Conventional spray (air spray) gives the best results because it gives an extra degree of application control,
but to obtain the highest productivity airless application is usually preferred.
Watch out particularly for the inexperienced applicator who applies zinc primers for maximum productivity
using a powerful airless unit at high pressure with a large, worn tip. The effect will be rather like using a
garden hose, with clouds of dry spray settling on the surface, making the subsequent topcoat application a
nightmare. The topcoat usually gets the blame for the bubbling, but the problem has been caused by poor
primer application.
Less problems are usually encountered if the applicator is experienced in the use of inorganic zinc primers.
What if the primer has already been applied?
There are a few well tried techniques which help avoid pinholing when organic topcoats are applied to a
freshly applied zinc silicate. None of these can be guaranteed to be 100% effective if the primer application
has been of poor quality:
I Sealer coat
The zinc primer is sealed by a sealer coat (also known as a tie coat) specially designed for porous
surfaces eg. Sigmarite sealer (7420). Thin as described in the data sheet and apply 50m (2 mils)
dry film thickness. This is generally the most effective solution and it also works for sealing zinc
metal sprayed substrates.
II Specially formulated high build topcoats
Use a topcoat which is specially formulated to reduce application bubbling. Sigmarite build coat
(7459) is an example which works if the quality of the primer application is reasonable.

Some additional hints
If the primer is porous and popping occurs, a mist coat/full coat application can be helpful. The primer is first
sealed by a very thin (hardly closed) film of the first topcoat. Shortly afterwards (usually within 15 minutes)
the mist coat is recoated to reach the specified dry film thickness. This technique may have to be repeated
with subsequent coats. It works quite well at low temperatures, but often will not help if the surface
temperature is high.
Try to avoid application of the first topcoat if the surface temperature is expected to rise. If application to
surfaces which have been in direct sunlight can be scheduled to take place as the surface temperature is
reducing, pinholing will be almost completely avoided. (This also works for application of organic coatings to
exposed concrete surfaces). Where application over a warm/hot zinc silicate cannot be avoided then the use
of Sigmarite sealer (7420), thinned as described in the data sheet is a good solution.


page 4/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel

February 2000
Shop application
Zinc silicates require contact with moisture to enable full cure and a reduction in porosity. If it is practical to
store steelwork outside for a while between zinc silicate and topcoat application then the risk of bubbling will
be reduced. The surface may be sprayed with clean water. It is often not realised that steel coated with a
solvent based zinc silicate can be moved outside very soon after application, even when it is raining.
None of the above is a perfect solution for all situations. When application bubbling becomes a problem it is
usually because of a complex mixture of technical and commercial reasons. If you need help, write down all
information which is relevant and contact your Sigma representative. Information needed includes the
coating system, thinners being used and amounts per coat, ambient temperature and surface temperature
during day and night, humidity during the day and night, application equipment with tip sizes, time and
exposure conditions between zinc silicate and topcoat application, thickness of primer and topcoats,
presence of dry spray etc..
General considerations
Topcoat bubbling occurs to some extent on all zinc silicate/organic systems. If the topcoat is a glossy yellow
it will be more obvious than if it is a dull grey. Some plant owners are used to it and accept it as a fact of life,
others find it unacceptable. As with most similar situations a compromise is usually necessary. It is
impossible to reach an automobile finish with this type of high build system, which is primarily designed for
corrosion protection in severe conditions. It is however unreasonable to expect the final customer to accept a
surface that looks like the moon.

If you are faced with topcoat bubbling and a well tried and tested system is being used, remember that the
application of the primer is frequently the cause. Try to get this improved. Also in hot conditions try to re-
schedule the application or shade the area concerned.
b. Removal of contamination
The porous nature of zinc silicates can make certain types of contamination difficult to remove. Oils and
greases can be particularly awkward with high pressure water washing with detergent, followed by clean
water, being the best option for cleaning the cured primer.
Solvent cleaning is sometimes used for small areas. Apart from the health and safety aspects, this often only
spreads oily contamination over a wider area.



page 5/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
February 2000
2. EXCESSIVE THICKNESS OF ZINC SILICATES
If zinc silicates are applied at too high a dry film thickness, problems can arise eg. mud cracking or low
cohesive strength. An understanding of what is happening can help avoid trouble:
a. Mud Cracking
In some situations after the application of a zinc silicate, the film cracks. This is due to shrinkage during
drying and is known as "mud cracking" because it resembles the cracks which form in sun dried mud.
There are a number of possible causes:
I Spraying to a too high dry film thickness.
II Application over areas of too low blast profile. This can happen particularly at welds where there are
areas of very hard material. After blasting, the profile remains low and application of too much
material can cause cracking.
III If relative humidity is high during the application and ventilation is poor this can also be a cause of
cracking due to a too fast curing of the top layer.
IV A product beyond its shelf life will often have a higher mud cracking tendency than when fresh.

The thickness at which cracking takes place depends on the formulation of the zinc silicate. Some are very
critical in this respect and others rather tolerant. The mud cracking limit can be as low as 75 microns (3
mils) up to as high as 200 microns (8 mils) dry film thickness. Sigma Coatings' products perform well in this
respect with the limit generally being in excess of 150 m (6 mils).
For most products mud cracking only becomes a problem when internal corners of small beams and angles
etc are being coated. While trying to reach the minimum dry film thickness all over, the sprayer tends to
make several overlapping passes in the corners. This often leads to excessive dry film thickness and mud
cracking.

Mud cracking


page 6/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel

February 2000

When this is occasionally a problem, brushing out the corners while the primer is still wet will help. If it
becomes a serious problem during airless spray application, check the angle of the tip being used. A narrow
tip may have been chosen for more economical spraying of small components. This requires more passes
and can cause a high build-up of wet coating in corners, making the problem worse. Switching to a wider
angle will usually solve the problem and is more economical in the end, even though more material may
seem to be lost due to overspray.
b. Low Cohesive Strength
During and just after application, conditions must be dry to let the solvent evaporate. After this the curing
phase starts. The film reacts with moisture to form an insoluble inorganic silicate matrix. After the initial
drying the fastest cure is provided in conditions of high humidity. Overnight condensation and warm weather
are ideal.
A zinc silicate which is not properly cured will remain weak and will not reach the high hardness levels
expected from inorganic zinc primers. In very dry conditions a zinc silicate may take a long time to reach full
hardness. (Regular spraying of the surface with clean water can be helpful in this situation).
Also, if applied too thickly, through-hardening takes a long time or may even never take place. If topcoating
is done on not adequately cured zinc silicate, the primer may never attain full hardness.
When epoxy topcoats are applied to a not fully cured zinc silicate problems arise from the low cohesive
strength of the primer. The epoxy shrinks on drying and forms a relatively brittle film. Quite minor impact
damage can result in delamination by splitting in the silicate primer.
The specification of a zinc silicate to be applied in conditions known to be very dry with continuous low
humidity is best avoided eg. in some shop circumstances. Zinc epoxies are a better choice in this situation,
although it should be noted that they generally have a lower heat resistance.
3. FORMATION OF ZINC SALTS
Occasionally on site there is a problem with zinc salt formation. Zinc primers protect steel from corrosion by
sacrificial protection. The zinc corrodes instead of the steel. During this corrosion process zinc reacts with
oxygen, carbon dioxide and water to form a zinc salt.
O
2
/H
2
O/CO
2

Zn
2+
------> ZnCO
3
.Zn(OH)
2

The exposed zinc at the surface of a zinc silicate surface can also react directly with the atmosphere causing
zinc salt formation. In both cases the zinc salts are visible as a white/grey surface colouring.
The composition of the zinc salts depends on the circumstances in which they were formed. In unpolluted
atmospheric conditions (oxygen, carbon dioxide and water) they will be a mixture of basic zinc carbonate,
zinc hydroxide and zinc oxide. These zinc salts, known as zinc patina, close-up the surface pores and thus
help to protect of the steel substrate.
When zinc comes into contact with pure (condensed) water and there is little or no air available, large
quantities of zinc hydroxide are formed. This is called "white rust" and often occurs when a water layer is
trapped between two zinc coated plates. It is also often seen in situations when a surface is almost
continuously in contact with condensed water. This type of zinc salt is partially soluble in water.


page 7/8

1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
February 2000

Under the influence of air pollutants such as sulphur dioxide (industry) or chlorides (coastal) basic zinc
sulphate or basic zinc chloride are formed. These are only slightly soluble in water and do not form a closed
film and thus have no protective function.
The formation of zinc salts is influenced by various factors, including the time that water remains in
continuous contact with the surface. Puddles which form on steel stacked outside often result in the
formation of white rust. Acid rain or chloride containing rain water cause the formation of zinc salts. In
coastal regions the higher concentrations of salt in the atmosphere lead to higher quantities of zinc salts to
be formed.
The effect of salts on system performance
Zinc salts can have a negative effect on coating performance. Loose zinc salts (eg white rust) must be
removed from the surface before topcoating or they will affect adhesion. Water soluble components in zinc
salts may reduce adhesion of subsequent coatings. If these remain on a primer surface, then in damp
conditions water is attracted through the organic topcoat (osmosis) and the zinc salts swell, damaging the
intercoat adhesion.
Even if no visible zinc salts are present on a zinc primer surface, adhesion problems can occur if insufficient
thickness of topcoat is applied. Water migrates through thin areas of coating and forms zinc salts under the
topcoat, causing delamination. For this reason, in damp conditions or immersion, an adequate thickness of
organic topcoat should cover the zinc primer.
Removal of zinc salts
Experience and testing have shown that small quantities of zinc salts on zinc silicate primers have a minimal
influence on later anti-corrosive performance. Obviously any loose zinc salts on the surface should be
removed before overcoating. Particularly for critical applications, such as immersion or service in damp
conditions, it makes sense to make sure that all soluble zinc salts have been removed. Various cleaning
techniques can be used:
a. Washing with clean water.
Ideally this is done by high pressure water washing, but washing with water and a nylon bristle brush is also
a good way to make sure most soluble material is removed. Heavy deposits of white rust may have to be
removed by mechanical means.
b. Sweep blasting.
This is frequently not possible due to excessive dust formation. It has the advantage that it roughens the
surface improving the adhesion of the complete coating system. At the same time welds can be fully blasted,
further improving the anti-corrosive performance of the system.
c. Mechanical cleaning.
This can achieve an acceptable anti-corrosive performance from the coating system. Cleaning the intact
primer surface until visually clean is adequate. Complete removal of all traces of zinc salts is practically
impossible and also not necessary.
The most effective mechanical cleaning technique is by synthetic disk (Scotch Brite). These disks enable a
controlled cleaning of the surface with very limited removal of the primer.
page 8/8
1706
ZINC SILICATES
QUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION
Mainenance steel
February 2000
Specifications
Sometimes specifications require that all zinc salts must be removed before topcoating. In practice the
removal of all traces is difficult and reference to the Shipbuilding Research Association of Japan Standard
(SPSS) for surface cleaning may be helpful. It shows photographs of zinc salt formation on zinc epoxy and
zinc silicate shop primers. It can be seen that even after sweep blasting slight traces of zinc salts remain on
the surface.
4. SPOT REPAIR OF OLD ZINC SILICATE/ORGANIC SYSTEMS
When zinc silicate primed systems, which are in reasonable condition, are to be repaired by spot blasting of
rusty areas and touch-up of the primer, followed by an organic topcoat, it is best to avoid the use of a zinc
silicate for repair. This is because when sprayed on the blasted areas there will always be an overlap onto
the surrounding organic coating. This inevitably results in areas of poor adhesion. The solution is to patch
prime using a zinc epoxy.
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/4

1882

CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER

a four page issue January 2000
revision of 7-1999

PRODUCT NAME a INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c VALIDITY
d PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigma Novaguard a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b 18-03-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.
99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c --
d 7453
Sigma Novaguard a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c --
d 7453, 7417
Sigma Phenguard a Tritec environmental services We are of the opinion that Sigma
LTD Phenguard paint preparation, would be
b 08-10-1993, 078SIG93.TWF suitable for marine water tank lining with
c -- respect to odour/taste pick up, upon
d 7409, 7435, 7436 super chlorination, to the specification
outlined in the above test method.
Sigma Phenguard , a Water Byelaws Advisory Service The results of the tests of effect on water
primer, coating, finish b 28-01-1997, quality that have been carried out on the
M101061 product so described, and it has been
c November 2001 decided that there is no objection to its
d 7409, 7435, 7436 use provided the source, nature and
manufacturing processes of the
ingredients and products are not
changed.
Sigmaguard CSF a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa has evaluated Sigmaguard
of Public Health CSF toxicologically and approved coating
b 17-03-1995, for use in potable water tanks on ship
95/00672-2-AMI/621.2 and offshore installations.
(24-11-1995, 95/00672-3-
AMI/621.2 transl.date and nr)
c --
d 7443



page 2/4

1882

CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER

January 2000

PRODUCT NAME a INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c VALIDITY
d PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmaguard CSF a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c --
d 7443, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF a Universiteit Gent The material analyzed satisfies the
b 07-04-1993 Belgian Norm NBN S29-001 and the
c -- R.D.s mentioned in the report.
d 7443
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b 27-10-1998, that come in contact with drinking water.
98/2240-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c --
d 7475
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal Primer ) epoxy
b 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/729-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c --
d 7475, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF 75 a Stanford Consultin Laboratories Sigmaguard CSF 75 was tested for
b 22-01-1999 compliance to BS6920-1996 Edition.
WP 98/6569 The product complies fully to the
c -- Sections of the standards 2.2 to 2.6 of
d 7475 the standard at an exposure surface area
of 41,700 mm /L of test water.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85)
of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks
b 25-10-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.
99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2
c --
d 7785, 7417



page 3/4

1882

CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER

January 2000

PRODUCT NAME a INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c VALIDITY
d PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85
on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy
b 25-10-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that
99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.
c --
d 7785, 7417
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a Hygiene-Institut des The epoxy coating fulfils the
Ruhrgebiets, Gelsenkirchen requirements of DVGW-Arbeitsblatt
b 07-07-1999, W 1239/99/Ju W270 for the use with drinking water.
c 07-07-2004
d 7785
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a NSF Sigmaguard CSF 85 conforms to the
b 10-11-1999 requirements of NSF standard 61 -
c -- Drinking Water System Components -
d 7785 Health Effects.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a The Netherlands Waterworks Sigmaguard CSF 85 is suitable for
Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable
KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum
b 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35 C.
c --
d 7785
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a SETSCO Services Pte Ltd Sigmaguard CSF 85 is deemed suitable
b 14-10-1999, H19631/ST for contact with water intended for
c -- human consumption, in accordance with
d 7785 SS 375:1994.
Sigmaguard CSF 85 a The Water Quality Centre The samples of this product meet the
b 19-06-1997, M 101323 test criteria of BS 6920 : Part 1
c June 2002 (Specification) and thus comply with
d 7785 the requirements of the Water Byelaws
Scheme Tests of Effect of Water Quality.

page 4/4
1882 CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER
January 2000
PRODUCT NAME a INSTITUTE CONCLUSION
b DATE OF REPORT/REF.
c VALIDITY
d PRODUCT SHEET/REF.
Sigmalining SF 23 a The Netherlands Waterworks Sigmalining SF 23 is suitable for
Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable
KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum
b 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35C.
c --
d 7623
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7005

PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 12-1995

Sheet nrs PRODUCT NAMES
7802 Sigma EP Steeline
7453 Sigma Novaguard
7744 Sigma Novashield
7435 Sigma Phenguard coating
7436 Sigma Phenguard finish
7409 Sigma Phenguard primer
7370 Sigma Proferral PR
7551 Sigma Silguard MC
7472 Sigma TCN 300
7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58
7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60
7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor
7414 Sigmacover aluprimer
7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade
7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound
7456 Sigmacover CM coating
7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat
7412 Sigmacover CM primer
7726 Sigmacover DTM coating
7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer
7413 Sigmacover primer
7428 Sigmacover ST
7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade
7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake
7402 Sigmacover zinc primer
7528 Sigmadur gloss
7524 Sigmadur HB finish
7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss
7443 Sigmaguard CSF
7475 Sigmaguard CSF 75
7785 Sigmaguard CSF 85
7433 Sigmaguard EHB
7448 Sigmaguard HS
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium
7255 Sigmaferro build coat
7239 Sigmaferro gloss
7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP
7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white
7256 Sigmaferro semigloss


page 2/2
7005 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL
May 2000
Sheet nrs PRODUCT NAMES
7149 Sigmetal Construction
7251 Sigmetal finish
7145 Sigmetal mioprimer
7420 Sigmarite sealer
7155 Sigmasteel QD
7234 Sigmasteel QD finish
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl
7555 Sigmatherm silicate
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7006
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERIC
Type, Use, Properties
a three page issue May 2000
revision of 12-95

ALKYD PAINTS
Primers
7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP contains zinc phosphate
7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate

Undercoats and finishes
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium heat resistant, general purpose
7255 Sigmaferro buildcoat fast drying
7239 Sigmaferro gloss non-yellowing, fume resistant
7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate
7234 Sigmasteel QD finish semigloss finish
7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white selfcleaning finish
7256 Sigmaferro semigloss semigloss finish

WATER BORNE PAINTS
7149 Sigmetal Construction based on acrylic dispersion
7145 Sigmetal mioprimer based on acrylic dispersion
7251 Sigmetal finish based on acrylic dispersion

HEAT RESISTING PAINTS
7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 up to 500 C (ethyl silicate)
7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat up to 200 C (mio epoxy)
7264 Sigmaferro aluminium up to 175 C (alkyd resin)
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl up to 350 C (silicone resin)
7555 Sigmatherm silicate up to 500 C (ethyl silicate)
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane up to 450 C (silicone resin)

EPOXY PAINTS
Solvent free epoxies
7453 Sigma Novaguard single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating
7744 Sigma Novashield single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating, with improved abrasion resistance
7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating
7443 Sigmaguard CSF single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant
tank coating
7475 Sigmaguard CSF 75 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tank
coating
7785 Sigmaguard CSF 85 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tank
coating



page 2/3

7006
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERIC
Type, Use, Properties
May 2000

High solids epoxies
7414 Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface preparation
7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface wintergrade
preparation
7726 Sigmacover DTM coating tar free epoxy
7428 Sigmacover ST surface tolerant coating
7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade surface tolerant coating
7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake abrasion/impact resistant
7448 Sigmaguard HS acid/abrasion resistant

Solvent borne primers
7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application
7370 Sigma Proferral PR one component zinc rich epoxy
7412 Sigmacover CM primer zinc phosphate, recoatable epoxy
7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems
7413 Sigmacover primer excellent adhesion to various substrates
including damp steel surfaces
7402 Sigmacover zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems

Solvent borne coatings
7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application
7456 Sigmacover CM coating long term recoatability
7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat long term recoatability
7420 Sigmarite sealer mio sealer/primer

Solvent borne tankcoatings
7409 Sigma Phenguard primer phenolic epoxy
7435 Sigma Phenguard coating phenolic epoxy
7436 Sigma Phenguard finish phenolic epoxy
7433 Sigmaguard EHB polyamine cured epoxy
7448 Sigmaguard HS polyamine cured

Epoxy tar coatings
7472 Sigma TCN 300 polyamine cured epoxy tar

POLYURETHANE PAINTS
Finishes
7528 Sigmadur gloss long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention
7524 Sigmadur HB finish long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention
7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss long term recoatability, high solids, semigloss
finish

page 3/3
7006
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERIC
Type, Use, Properties
sheet two May 2000
SILICATE PAINTS
7551 Sigma Silguard MC zinc ethyl silicate tankcoating
7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 zinc ethyl silicate primer
7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60 zinc ethyl silicate primer
7555 Sigmatherm silicate ethyl silicate topcoat
SILICONE PAINTS
7565 Sigmatherm silacryl silicone/acrylic resin finish
7563 Sigmatherm siloxane silicone resin primer/finish
SUNDRIES
7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor rust inhibition
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7131

SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP

a two page issue February 2000
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION modified zinc phosphate alkyd primer

PRINCIPAL excellent anticorrosive properties for atmospheric and high temperature
CHARACTERISTICS exposure conditions
good adhesion to pretreated steel and pretreated aluminium
fast drying
lead and chromate free

COLOURS AND GLOSS offwhite and limited colour range available - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 49 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,0 lb/gal - 368 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 m
Theoretical spreading rate 14 m /l for 35 m
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5-10 C, 1,5 hours at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5-10 C, 18 hours at 20 C
max. an interval of several months can be allowed, thorough cleaning is
essential before overcoating
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 40 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2
AND TEMPERATURES shop primed steel; sweep blasted or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Ss or
SPSS-Pt2
aluminium; etched and passivated etch primed or sufficiently roughened
previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 mm (= 0,017 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)
135362 offwhite 9001262200
page 2/2
7131 SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP
February 2000
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,35 MPa (=approx. 3,5 bar; 50 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7145 SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION water borne micaceous iron oxide pigmented acrylic primer

PRINCIPAL particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health
CHARACTERISTICS and safety reasons
developed to give excellent adhesion to galvanized steel
excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints
fast drying
non-flammable
can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints, water borne
epoxy coatings and chlorinated rubber paints
contains non-toxic anticorrosive pigments

COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 40 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,4 lb/gal - 50 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 8 m /l for 50 m
Touch dry after 15-30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65 C

RECOMMENDED sweep blasted or otherwise roughened galvanized steel,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from salts and other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 5 C during application and
curing and at least 3 C above dew point
preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % otherwise film
formation may be adversely affected
must be protected from freezing at all times during storage

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much water results in lower sag resistance



page 2/3

7145

SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER
December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48-0,58 mm (= 0,019 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0-5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner
AND CLEANING pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the
PROCEDURE equipment and cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)
Table 1 from solvent borne- to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur
rubber
1st cleaning with
Sigma thinner 20-05 21-22 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed

Table 2 from water borne- to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur
rubber
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

140103 redbrown 2008002200
page 3/3
7145 SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER
December 1999
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7149

SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 4-1999

DESCRIPTION fast drying one component water based high build zinc phosphate
primer/coating based on acrylic dispersion

PRINCIPAL particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted
CHARACTERISTICS because of health and safety reasons
non-flammable
excellent adhesion to well pretreated steel
good anticorrosive properties
fast dry to handle
can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints and water borne
epoxy coatings as well as certain solvent based two component products

COLOURS AND GLOSS Ral colours (other colours available on request) flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 43 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m /l for 75 m
Touch dry after 30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or primed with Sigmetal construction
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 5 C during application and
curing and at least 3 C above dew point
preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying and
performance of the coating will be adversely affected

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much water results in lower sag resistance
must be protected from freezing at all times during storage



page 2/3

7149

SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
* for localised areas of difficult access only

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner
AND CLEANING pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and
PROCEDURE cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)

Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
1st cleaning with
Sigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed
Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

177804 redbrown 2008002200
186582 ral 7030 7030262200
page 3/3
7149 SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION
December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table alkyd substrate
and acrylic finishes temperature 10C 20C 30C
minimum 6 4 3
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that any
interval contamination is removed
when overcoating with certain two component products extend
minimum overcoating interval by 50%
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/3

7155

SIGMASTEEL QD
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION fast drying high build zinc phosphate primer/coating, based on modified
alkyd resin

PRINCIPAL anti corrosive properties
CHARACTERISTICS suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
fast drying
fast handling
recoatable with one and two component coatings

COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, grey (other colours on request) - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 55 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 lb/gal - 385 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 - 75 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 11,0 m /l for 50 m, 7,3 m /l for 75 m
Touch dry after 30 min.
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 75 m dft *
at higher dfts drying time will be longer
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 28 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel, without a mill scale; according to ISO-St3
AND TEMPERATURES weld seams and burned areas; according to SPSS-Pt3
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25 C) or
Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)



page 2/3

7155

SIGMASTEEL QD
December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areas
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table for one
component products
(e.g. Sigmasteel QD
products)



substrate
temperature 10 C 15 C 20 C
minimum 8 6 4
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any
interval contamination

Overcoating table for two
component products
Sigmacover CM coating
Sigmacover CM miocoat
Sigmadur HB finish



substrate
temperature 10 C 15 C 20 C
minimum 12 10 8
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any
interval contamination
the figures in the tables are based on Sigmasteel QD applied in a dft of
75 m

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

182671 base L 20 ltr
183132 baze Z 20 ltr
page 3/3
7155 SIGMASTEEL QD
December 1999
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7234

SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH
a two page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION fast drying high build finish coating, based on modified alkyd resin

PRINCIPAL suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions
CHARACTERISTICS fast drying
fast handling
good colour retention
not suitable for immersion in water

COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours on request) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Dark colours White - Light colours
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 53 % by volume approx. 45 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l max. 4,0 lb/gal - 475 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 m per coat 50 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 10,6 m /l for 50 m 9.0 m /l for 50 m
Touch dry after 45 min. 45 min.
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 50 m dft min. 4 hours for 50 m dft
max. unlimited max.unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 28 C

RECOMMENDED steel; previous suitable coat; (Sigmasteel QD) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25 C)
Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)

page 2/2
7234 SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areas
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the users responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7237 SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE
a two page issue May 2000
revision of 10-95

DESCRIPTION white self-cleaning non-yellowing alkyd topcoat

PRINCIPAL self cleaning due to slow chalking
CHARACTERISTICS particularly used as an exterior topcoat for tank shells and fixed
roofs of tanks and storage spheres
anti-funguous properties
high opacity

COLOURS AND GLOSS white semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lbs/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm
Solids content approx. 49% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 Lbs/gal - 385 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 - 60 m per coat depending on application method
Theoretical spreading rate 14 m /l for 35 m, 8 m /l for 60 m
Touch dry after 1 hour at 20 C, 2 hours at 10 C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. unlimited, thorough cleaning is essential before overcoating
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 39 C

RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened
AND TEMPERATURES if necessary
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

106499 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7237 SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE
May 2000
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)
ROLLER/BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS relatively harmless paint, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant
material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7239 SIGMAFERRO GLOSS
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION high gloss alkyd finishing coat

PRINCIPAL suitable for interior and exterior use
CHARACTERISTICS easy application by brush with excellent flow
good weather resistance
high opacity
good colour retention
gas proof: no discolouration with sulphur dioxide
not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
can be applied over intact alkyd paints
certificate for low-flame spread: see sheet 1883

COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours according to Sigma Protective Coating shade card)
gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
dark colours white - light colours
Mass density approx. 1,0-1,2 g/cm approx. 1,2 g/cm
Solids content approx. 51-59 % by volume approx. 59 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l (for white)
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 m per coat 35 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 14,6-16,9 m /l for 35 m 16,9 m /l for 35 m
Touch dry after 2 hours 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours min. 16 hours
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months
Flash point 41 C 41 C

RECOMMENDED previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened
AND TEMPERATURES if necessary
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C, otherwise
extra thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

107283 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7239 SIGMAFERRO GLOSS
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 12 - 16 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7251

SIGMETAL FINISH
a three page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION water borne acrylic construction finish

PRINCIPAL particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted
CHARACTERISTICS because of health and safety reasons
non-flammable
good weather resistance
good colour retention
fast dry to handle
not suitable for immersion in water

COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours (other colours on request) - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx 1,1 g/cm
Solids content approx. 42 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 8,2 m /l for 50 m
Touch dry after 30 minutes
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65 C

RECOMMENDED primed steel with Sigmetal construction
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature should be at least 5 C during application and
AND TEMPERATURES curing and at least 3 C above dew point
preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying
and performance of the coating will be adversely affected

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much water results in lower sag resistance
must be protected from freezing at all times during storage



page 2/3

7251

SIGMETAL FINISH
December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges
Recommended thinner tap water
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
* for localised areas of difficult access only

CLEANING SOLVENT tap water and Sigmalith cleaner

CLEANING PROCEDURE pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and
cleaned properly
following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment
when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints
(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)

Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
1st cleaning with
Sigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed
Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints
1st cleaning with warm tap water
2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner
3rd cleaning with
Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84
paint type: alkyd epoxy pur
Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

199321 base L 20 ltr
199322 base Z 20 ltr
page 3/3
7251 SIGMETAL FINISH
December 1999
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table for substrate
acrylic finishes temperature 10C 20C 30C
minimum 6 4 3
interval hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that any
interval contamination is removed
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2

7255 SIGMAFERRO BUILDCOAT
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 6-1998

DESCRIPTION alkyd undercoat

PRINCIPAL suitable in alkyd paint systems
CHARACTERISTICS especially formulated for maintenance work by brush or roller
good adhesion to anticorrosive primers and old paint systems
easy application by brush with excellent flow, giving a smooth eggshell
appearance
good drying properties even at low temperatures

COLOURS AND GLOSS according to the Sigma Protective Coating shade card - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 51,0 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,9 lb/gal - 350 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 m
Theoretical spreading rate 14,6 m /l for 35 m
Touch dry after 6 hours at 10 C, 2,5 hours at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours at 10 C, 14 hours at 20 C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 40 C

RECOMMENDED suitable primer; (e.g. Sigmaferro primer ZP) dry and free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES not suitable for zinc primed steel
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C, otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)

107594 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7255 SIGMAFERRO BUILDCOAT
December 1999
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 16 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 8 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7256 SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION semi gloss alkyd finishing coat

PRINCIPAL for interior and exterior use
CHARACTERISTICS easy application by brush with excellent flow
good weather resistance
high opacity
good colour retention
good scratch resistance
not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water
resistant against domestic cleaning agents
can be applied over intact conventional paints

COLOURS AND GLOSS according to the Sigma Protective Coating shade card - semi gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
for white
Mass density approx. 1,25 g/cm
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 m
Theoretical spreading rate 16 m /l for 35 m
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating interval min. 18 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 39 C

RECOMMENDED - previous suitable coat; (Sigmaferro build coat) finely sanded, dry and free
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C, otherwise extra
solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)
103393 white 7000002200
page 2/2
7256 SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 9 - 18 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 1 %
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7264

SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION modified alkyd aluminium finish

PRINCIPAL high quality aluminium paint with a wide range of applications for
CHARACTERISTICS atmospheric and high temperature exposure conditions
high brilliancy
spray application improves the appearance

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,0 g/cm
Solids content approx. 47,0 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 25 m per coat
Theoretical spreading rate 18,8 m /l for 25 m
Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10 C, 1 hour at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5 - 10 C, 16 hours at 20 C
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months, prolonged storage may affect the brilliancy
Flash point 38 C

RECOMMENDED previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature may not exceed 50 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

106635 aluminium 0000002200
page 2/2
7264 SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM
December 1999
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/3

7370 SIGMA PROFERRAL PR
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995
DESCRIPTION one component zinc rich epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL can be applied and dries at temperatures down to -10 C
CHARACTERISTICS provided that the surface is free from moisture or ice
designed for repair of zinc rich two component zinc epoxy primers and
zinc silicate primers
can be used as a reconditioner for aged derusted galvanized steel
good anticorrosive properties; the dry film contains 90 % zinc by weight
dry heat resistance 125 C with peaks up to 175 C
topcoats must be unsaponifiable
good adhesion on cold rolled steel

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 38 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,8 lb/gal - 585 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 35 m
Theoretical spreading rate 10,9 m /l for 35 m
Touch dry after 30 min. at 10 C; 5 min. at 15 C; 4 min. at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 2 hours at 20 C *
max. several months
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point 36 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS aged hot-dip galvanized steel with rusty spots; thoroughly derusted
AND TEMPERATURES to ISO-St3 or ISO-Sa2
zinc-rich epoxies and zinc silicates; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir well before use
the temperature of the paint should be above 15 C otherwise extra
solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance



page 2/3

7370

SIGMA PROFERRAL PR
December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 20 - 25 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 mm (= 0,017 in)
Nozzle pressure 10 - 15 MPa (= approx. 100 - 150 bar; 1420 - 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 20 - 25 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 28 - 42 p.s.i.)

BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table substrate
temperature -10 C 5 C 10 C 20 C
minimum 6 4 3 2
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum several months when free from zinc salts and
interval contamination
zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they
should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
an interval of several months can be allowed under clean interior
exposure conditions
in clean exterior exposure conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can
be tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sandwashing, sweep blasting or
mechanical cleaning
when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat Sigma Proferral PR as soon as possible with a specified sealer
coat
136782 grey 0000001800
page 3/3
7370 SIGMA PROFERRAL PR
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additonal data page 1/4

7402

SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL designed as a system primer for various paint systems
CHARACTERISTICS good corrosion prevention properties
quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
meets COT specification 16.52, see sheet 1887

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,2 g/cm
Solids content approx. 55 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l
Recommended dry film 25-50 m depending on blasting profile;
thickness dfts of more than 50 m are not recommended underneath thick, rigid
epoxy systems
Theoretical spreading rate 22 m /l for 25 m *
Touch dry after 15 min. at 20 C *
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. several months *
Full cure after 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 29 C, hardener 26 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above
dew point



page 2/4

7402

SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life 24 hours at 20 C, 6 hours at 35 C

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % depending on dft to be applied
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % (depending on dft to be applied)
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 22 15,7 11 7,3
dft in m 25 35 50 75



page 3/4

7402

SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

Overcoating table substrate
for dft 35-50 m temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 8 6 4 3
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum several months when free from
interval zinc salts and contamination
zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they
should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior
exposure conditions
in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat Sigmacover zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite sealer
before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
temperature handle
10 C 40 min. 4 hours 20 days
15 C 30 min. 2 hours 10 days
20 C 15 min. 2 hours 7 days
30 C 10 min. 1 hour 5 days
Sigmacover zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5 C and
10 C, but the curing rate will be very low
for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for
systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC for
systems exposed to immersed conditions
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

179384 0000001800
page 4/4
7402 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7409

SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION two component high-build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL primer coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
food certificate, see sheet 1884
Recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

COLOURS AND GLOSS off white - eggshell

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 m *
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 36 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25 C, hardener 32 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned in situ to at least ISO-Sa2 and free from rust, scale,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primer and any other contamination
AND TEMPERATURES blasting profile; (R
z
) 50 m - 100 m
the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard primer
substrate temperature should be above 10 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322



* see additional data page 2/4

7409

SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15 C 20 min.
20 C 15 min.
25 C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH only for spot repair and stripe coating
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m
b. to reach TLV = 968 m
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m



page 3/4

7409

SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 6,6 5,3
dft in m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 m
max. dft when brushing: 60 m

Overcoating table for
Sigma Phenguard coating
and Sigmaguard HS




substrate
temperature 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 60 48 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,
8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10 C 14 days
15 C 14 days
20 C 10 days
30 C 7 days
40 C 5 days
minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required whcih cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)
when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be
limited to a maximum of 100 m

180706 offwhite 7001002200
page 4/4
7409 SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER
December 1999
Pot life 10C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 4 hours
30C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7412

SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1995

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer

PRINCIPAL general purpose epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems
CHARACTERISTICS for steel and concrete structures in atmospheric exposure
can be recoated with two component and conventional paints even after
long weathering periods
is free from lead and chromate containing pigments
excellent rust preventing properties in industrial or coastal atmospheres
tough, with long term flexibility
will cure even at temperatures down to -10 C
a high relative humidity max. 95 % during application and curing does not
influence the performance of the primer
good adhesion to steel, galvanized steel and aged epoxy coatings
easy application, both by airless spray and brush
resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS cream and pink - eggshell, other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 63 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,8 lb/gal - 335 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75-150 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 6,3 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 24,5 C



* see additional data page 2/4

7412

SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER

December 1999

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS galvanized steel; free from any contamination and sweepblasted till an
AND TEMPERATURES even flat appearance
during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10 C is
acceptable, provided the substrate is free from water or ice
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10 C
none above 10 C
Pot life at 20 C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes



page 3/4

7412

SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 8,4 6,3 4,2
dft in m 75 100 150


Overcoating table for
Sigmacover CM products





substrate
temperature -5 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitations, provided the surface is cleaned
interval from any contamination


Overcoating table for
other paints





substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8
interval days days days hours hours hours
maximum no limitations, when cleaned from chalking and
interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat
note: Sigmacover CM primer is not recoatable with tar epoxy coatings
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
-10 C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5 C 24-30 hours 14 days
0 C 18-24 hours 10 days
5 C 18 hours 8 days
10 C 12 hours 6 days
15 C 8 hours 5 days
20 C 6 hours 4 days
30 C 4 hours 3 days
40 C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)


179630 cream 3012002200
179635 pink 6007002200

page 4/4

7412

SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER

December 1999

Pot life 10 C 16 hours
(at application viscosity) 15 C 10 hours
20 C 8 hours
30 C 5 hours
35 C 4 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Li mi t at i on of Li abi l i t y - The i nf or mat i on i n t hi s dat a sheet i s based upon l abor at or y t est s w e bel i eve t o
be accur at e and i s i nt ended f or gui dance onl y. Al l r ecommendat i ons or suggest i ons r el at i ng t o t he use of t he
pr oduct s made by Si gma Coat i ngs, w het her i n t echni cal document at i on, or i n r esponse t o a speci f i c enqui r y,
or ot her w i se, ar e based on dat a w hi ch t o t he best of our know l edge ar e r el i abl e. The pr oduct s and
i nf or mat i on ar e desi gned f or user s havi ng t he r equi si t e know l edge and i ndust r i al ski l l s and i t i s t he end-
user ' s r esponsi bi l i t y t o det er mi ne t he sui t abi l i t y of t he pr oduct f or i t s i nt ended use.
Si gma Coat i ngs has no cont r ol over ei t her t he qual i t y or condi t i on of t he subst r at e, or t he many f act or s
af f ect i ng t he use and appl i cat i on of t he pr oduct . Si gma Coat i ngs does t her ef or e not accept any l i abi l i t y
ar i si ng f r om l oss, i nj ur y or damage r esul t i ng f r om such use or t he cont ent s of t hi s dat a sheet (unl ess t her e
ar e w r i t t en agr eement s st at i ng ot her w i se).
The dat a cont ai ned her ei n ar e l i abl e t o modi f i cat i on as a r esul t of pr act i cal exper i ence and cont i nuous
pr oduct devel opment .
Thi s dat a sheet r epl aces and annul s al l pr evi ous i ssues and i t i s t her ef or e t he user s r esponsi bi l i t y t o ensur e
t hat t hi s sheet i s cur r ent pr i or t o usi ng t he pr oduct .


* see additional data page 1/4

7413

SIGMACOVER PRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION two component polyamide cured epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel
CHARACTERISTICS and non ferrous metals to be used in immersion and atmospheric
exposures
good adhesion to steel, non ferrous metals and galvanized steel
compatible with controlled cathodic protection systems
good flow and wetting properties
good water and corrosion resistance
cures at temperatures down to +5 C
suitable for touching up weld seams and damage to epoxy primers
during construction
long recoating intervals are possible when overcoating with epoxy and
polyurethane coatings
can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy-
and 2 component polyurethane coatings
suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)

COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown and green - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 57 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50-75 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,4 m /l for 50 m *
Touch dry after 1,5 hours
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. 6 months *
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 24,5 C

RECOMMENDED for immersion exposure:
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
AND TEMPERATURES steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS-Ss
for atmospheric exposure:
steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2 or according to ISO-St3
shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3



* see additional data page 2/4

7413

SIGMACOVER PRIMER
December 1999

galvanized steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination, preferably
blast cleaned to Rz = 30 m
substrate temperature should be above 5 C during application and curing
and at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTION FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft 75 m
5 - 10 % for dft 50 - 75 m
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (= 0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (=approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 11,4 7,6
dft in m 50 75


page 3/4

7413

SIGMACOVER PRIMER
December 1999

Overcoating table
for two pack epoxy- or
polyurethane paint












substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 16 10 8 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum
interval 6 6 6 6 4 3
when not months months months months months months
exposed to
sunshine
maximum
interval 3 3 3 3 2 2
when months months months months months months
exposed to
sunshine
figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 m Sigmacover primer
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Overcoating table for
other type of paint like:
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,
alkyd paint



substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 16 10 6 5 3 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 21 21 14 10 7 7
interval days days days days days days
figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 m Sigmacover primer
surface should be cleaned from chalking and contamination
glossy finishes require a suitable undercoat
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
temperature handle
5 C 5 hours 6 hours 21 days
10 C 3 hours 4 hours 14 days
15 C 2,5 hours 3 hours 10 days
20 C 1,5 hours 2 hours 7 days
30 C 45 min. 1 hour 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

179325 redbrown 2008002200
179328 green 4009002200
page 4/4
7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER
December 1999
Pot life 15C 10 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 8 hours
25C 6 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours
40C 3 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4
7414

SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified
epoxy primer/coating

PRINCIPAL primer/coating designed for maintenance
CHARACTERISTICS very low solvent content
good flow properties
self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation
compatible with most aged good adhering coatings
good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints
good curing at temperatures down to 5 C
resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
good abrasion resistance
good flexibility
if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0 C, the wintergrade
type
should be used (see 7414WG)

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium (light-dark) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 90% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,1 l/gal - 135 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 125 m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 12 m /l for 75 m, 7,2 m /l for 125 m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. 4 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base > 65 C, hardener 45 C



* see additional data page 2/4
7414

SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
December 1999

RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
for immersion in water
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or cleaned by wet blasting
steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool
cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above dew
point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C
otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 3 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)



page 3/4
7414

SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
December 1999

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 12 9 7,2
dft in m 75 100 125

Overcoating table
for most epoxy and
polyurethane paints *




substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 36 20 12 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 6 6 4 3 3
interval months months months months months months
* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50% surface
should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
5 C 16 hours 48 hours 10 days
10 C 9 hours 36 hours 7 days
15 C 6 hours 20 hours 6 days
20 C 4 hours 12 hours 5 days
30 C 3 hours 8 hours 4 days
40 C 2 hours 6 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 15 C 5 hours
(at application viscosity) 20 C 3 hours
30 C 2 hours
40 C 1 hour
50 C 1 hour

179331 dark 0100002200
179333 light 0200002200
page 4/4
7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7414WG
SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified
epoxy primer/coating (for temperatures of 0 C up to +10 C)

PRINCIPAL good curing at temperatures down to +0 C
CHARACTERISTICS primer/coating designed for maintenance
very low solvent content
good flow properties
self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation
compatible with most aged good adhering coatings
good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints
resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
good abrasion resistance

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium (light-dark) semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 88% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,3 lb/gal - 150 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 125 m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 11,7 for 75 m, 7,0 m /l for 125 m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. 2 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base > 65 C and hardener > 42 C

RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
for immersion in water
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or cleaned by wet blasting
steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool
cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
substrate temperature should be above 0 C and at least 3 C above dew
point


* see additional data page 2/4

7414WG
SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5 *
* use wintergrade hardener
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C
otherwise extra solvents are required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 10 C 3 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 11,7 8,8 7,0
dft in m 75 100 125



page 3/4

7414WG
SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
December 1999

Overcoating table
for most epoxy and
polyurethane paints




substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C
minimum 64 36 24 20
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 5 5 4 3
interval months months months months
for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised
with 50%
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
0 C 18 hours 26 hours 14 days
5 C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days
10 C 5 hours 16 hours 7 days
15 C 4 hours 12 hours 6 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 5 C 4 hours
(at application viscosity) 10 C 3 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

179596 dark 0100002200
179598 light 0200000022
page 4/4
7414WG
SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7420

SIGMARITE SEALER

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION two component micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured epoxy
sealer/coating

PRINCIPAL may be used as a primer, sealer or coating
CHARACTERISTICS excellent adhesion to and sealing of weathered, cleaned zinc rich primers
and zinc sprayed steel
good adhesion to properly pretreated galvanized steel
excellent adhesion to blast cleaned steel
can be used in systems for atmospheric or water immersed exposure
conditions
good resistance to industrial or chemical contaminated atmospheric
exposure conditions
good abrasion- and impact resistance
good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats
resistant to temperatures up to 200 C in dry atmospheric exposure
conditions
meets COT specification 17.09

COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown, greenish grey - low metallic sheen

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm
Solids content approx. 60 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 380 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 40-80 m * depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 15 m /l for 40 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours *
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. 1 month *
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 26,5 C



* see additional data page 2/4

7420

SIGMARITE SEALER

December 1999

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to
AND TEMPERATURES SPSS-Pt3
zinc primed steel: free from any contamination and zinc salts
galvanized steel; for atmospheric exposure conditions disc sanding, free
from any contamination and zinc salts; for water immersed exposure
conditions sweep blasting is required
not weathered zinc sprayed steel; free from any contamination and zinc
salts
previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be above 10 C during application and
curing and at least 3 C above dew point
for atmospheric exposure conditions the minimum substrate temperature
for application may be 5 C, but at low temperature the curing slows
down
according to the overcoating and curing tables
REMARK when used as an adhesion primer or when a long overcoating interval is
expected a max. dft of 50 m must be specified in order to preserve the
rough texture

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15 C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
20 min. 15 C, 10 min. 20 C, 5 min. 25 C
Pot life at 20 C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 % for dft of approx. 80 m
25 - 30 % for dft of approx. 40 m when used for sealing inorganic zinc
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 30 % depending on thickness to be applied
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)




page 3/4

7420

SIGMARITE SEALER

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 15 7,5
dft in m 40 80

Overcoating table substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum inter- 36 16 8 6 4
val dft 50 m hours hours hours hours hours
minimum inter- 3 32 16 12 8
val dft 80 m days hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Note the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 5 when Sigmarite
sealer is to be applied on top of an existing old (alkyd) primer or coating
the maximum overcoating time of Sigmarite sealer could be extended up
to 6 months provided the dft is not higher than 50 m
surface should be properly cleaned
glossy finishes require an adhesion promoting undercoat

179510 9048052200
179508 9028052200
page 4/4
7420 SIGMARITE SEALER
December 1999
Curing table substrate touch dry to handle full cure
temperature dry rainproof
5C 8 hours 18 hours days
10C 5 hours 8 hours 15 days
15C 3,5 hours 6 hours 10 days
20C 2 hours 4 hours 7 days
25C 1,5 hours 4 hours 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
for optimum resistance in tankcoating systems a minimum substrate
temperature of 10C is essential
Pot life 15C 10 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 8 hours
25C 6 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products
made by 5igma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability
of the product for its intended use.
5igma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. 5igma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7427

SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 8-1995

DESCRIPTION two component high build micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide
cured recoatable epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
CHARACTERISTICS for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land or marine
conditions
can be recoated with two component and conventional coatings even
after long weathering periods
excellent durability
tough with long term flexibility
will cure even at temperatures down to -10 C
good adhesion on aged epoxy coatings
easy application, both by airless spray and brush
resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
COT certificate available
resistant to temperatures up to 200 C (see system sheet 4062)

COLOURS AND GLOSS according to Sigma Protective Coatings mio shade card - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 63 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,8 lb/gal - 335 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75-150 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 6,3 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 3 hours
max. unlimited
Curing time 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 24,5 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10 C is
acceptable, provided the substrate is free from water or ice
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point



* see additional data page 2/4

7427

SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Pot life at 20 C 6 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
to obtain optimal flow Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 43 C) should be
used
Note special thinners may be required if applied directly on top of zinc silicate
primers


CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 8,4 6,3 4,2
dft in m 75 100 150



page 3/4

7427

SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT

December 1999

Overcoating table
for Sigmacover CM
products and epoxy
finishes



substrate
temperature -5 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation
interval
Note Sigmacover CM miocoat should not be overcoated with a coal tar epoxy
coating

Overcoating table
for chlorinated
rubber, Sigmadur
HB finish,
Sigmadur gloss,
Sigmadur HB miocoat
and alkyd paints
substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 24 16 12 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation,
interval glossy finishes require an undercoat

Curing table at substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
-10 C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5 C 24-30 hours 14 days
0 C 18-24 hours 10 days
5 C 18 hours 8 days
10 C 12 hours 6 days
15 C 8 hours 5 days
20 C 6 hours 4 days
30 C 4 hours 3 days
40 C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10 C 12 hours
(at application viscosity) 20 C 6 hours
30 C 4 hours
40 C 2 hours

179494 colour 9553 9553052200
179496 colour 9558 9558052200
page 4/4
7427 SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7428

SIGMACOVER ST

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 8-1998

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy
primer/coating

PRINCIPAL self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
CHARACTERISTICS atmospheric exposure
particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
excellent corrosion resistance
resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
good abrasion resistance
good flexibility
compatible with various aged coatings
good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated
rubber-, alkyd- and acrylic paints
when exposed to sunlight some discolouration may occur
good curing down to +5 C
if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0 C, the wintergrade
type
should be used (see 7428 WG), however, discolouration will occur with
light colours
COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey, and offwhite (other colours on request) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 85 % by volume (for offwhite)
VOC (supplied) max. 1,5 lb/gal - 185 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 60 - 150 m * depending on system and application method
Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 m /l for 60 m, 5,7 m /l for 150 m
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. see tables *
Curing time 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 31 C, hardener 45 C



* see additional data page 2/4

7428

SIGMACOVER ST

December 1999

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for excellent corrosion protection
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for good
AND TEMPERATURES corrosion protection
existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above dew
point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 83 : 17
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none, for substrate temperatures above 10 C
for substrate temperatures between +5 C and +10 C an induction time of
30 minutes is required
Pot life at 20 C 2 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes



* see additional data page 3/4

7428

SIGMACOVER ST

December 1999
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 14,2 5,7
dft in m 60 150
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 m
max. dft when brushing: 100 m

Overcoating table for epoxy- substrate
and polyurethane paint * temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 24 16 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 9 9 4 2 1
interval months months months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50%

Overcoating table for
chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,
and alkyd paint




substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 24 16 8 6
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 21 21 10 7 7
interval days days days days days
glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
best intercoat adhesion occurs when the subsequent coat is applied
before the preceding coat is fully cured
if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface

Curing table at 125 m substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
for Sigmacover ST temperature
5 C 30 hours 48 hours 25 days
10 C 20 hours 24 hours 15 days
15 C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days
20 C 6 hours 16 hours 7 days
30 C 5 hours 8 hours 4 days
40 C 3 hours 5 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
179585 redbrown 7631-6169-05
179956 grey 7631-5000-00
179583 ral 6002 7631-6002-26
179586 offwhite 7631-7001-00
page 4/4
7428 SIGMACOVER ST
December 1999
Pot life 15C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 2 hours
30C 1,5 hours
40C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7428WG
SIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy
primer/coating (for temperatures of 0 C till +10 C)

PRINCIPAL cures down to +0 C
CHARACTERISTICS particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures
self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for
atmospheric exposure
excellent corrosion resistance
resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals
good abrasion resistance
good flexibility
compatible with various aged coatings
good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated
rubber-, alkyd and acrylic paints
colours have tendance of yellowing
light colours have tendency to yellowing

COLOURS AND GLOSS grey and offwhite (other colours on request) gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 85% by volume (for offwhite)
VOC (supplied) max 1,6 lb/gal - 195 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 60 - 150 m
Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 for 60 m, 5,7 m /l for 150 m
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 4 hours
max. 2 months *
Curing time 5 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 31 C, hardener 26 C

RECOMMENDED for atmospheric exposure conditions
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for excellent corrosion protection
AND TEMPERATURES steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for
good corrosion protection
existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating
systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamintion
substrate temperature should be above +0 C and at least 3 C
above dew point


* see additional data page 2/4

7428WG
SIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 83 : 17 *
* use wintergrade hardener (WG)
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C,
otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time 15 minutes, for substrate temperatures below +10 C
Pot life at 10 C 2 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%
Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15%
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C) or
Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 45 C) for better flow
Volume of thinner 5 - 10%

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 14,2 8,5 5,7
dft in m 60 100 150



page 3/4

7428WG
SIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999

Overcoating table substrate
for epoxy paint temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C
minimum 24 20 16 8
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 2 2 2 2
interval months months months months
the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct
sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Overcoating table
for polyurethane paint




substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C
minimum 64 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 1 1 1 1
interval month month month month
the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct
sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
temperature
0 C 24 hours 24 hours 14 days
5 C 18 hours 20 hours 10 days
10 C 12 hours 16 hours 7 days
15 C 9 hours 12 hours 6 days
20 C 4 hours 8 hours 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

179613 base L 20 ltr
179609 base Z 20 ltr
173524 hardener
page 4/4
7428WG
SIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE
December 1999
Pot life 0C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 10C 2 hours
20C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7433

SIGMAGUARD EHB

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 6-1999

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL tank coating with good chemical resistance against a wide range of
CHARACTERISTICS chemicals
short curing periods
good low temperature cure
easy to clean
recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886

COLOURS AND GLOSS light green, grey - gloss

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 78 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1.9 lb/gal - 228 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 125 m *
Theoretical spreading rate 6,2 m /l for 125 m *
Touch dry after 7 - 8 hours at 5 C, 5 - 6 hours at 10 C, 2 - 3 hours at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. 28 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 28 C, hardener 25 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (R
z
)
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS 40-70 m
AND TEMPERATURES previous coat; dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently
roughened if necessary
substrate temperature should be above 5 C during application and curing
and at least 3 C above dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION tankfarms system sheet 2205
pipecoatings system sheets 2309, 2331, 2333
tankcoatings system sheets 3320
maintenance p.c. system sheet 4090




* see additional data page 2/4

7433

SIGMAGUARD EHB

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15 C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow induction time before use
15 C 15 min.
20 C 10 min.
25 C 5 min.
Pot life at 20 C 1,5 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner up to 10 % for a one coat application of 125 m dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 15 % for a one coat application of 125 m dft
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 45 m
b. to reach TLV = 938 m
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m




* see additional data page 3/4

7433

SIGMAGUARD EHB

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 7,8 6,2
dft in m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 m
max. dft when brushing: 100 m

Overcoating table substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 32 24 8 4 3
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating
temperature system before transport of
aliphatic petroleum products cargoes without
and ballast water and note 4, 7, 8 or 11
tanktest with seawater
5 C 10 days 17 days
10 C 7 days 14 days
15 C 5 days 8 days
20 C 3 days 5 days
30 C 2,5 days 4 days
40 C 1,5 days 3 days
minimum curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

179122 grey 5000002200
180730 green 4000002200
page 4/4
7433 SIGMAGUARD EHB
December 1999
Pot life 15C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 1,5 hours
25C 1 hour
30C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7435

SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL second coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
food certificate, see sheet 1884
Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

COLOURS AND GLOSS pink - eggshell

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 m
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25 C, hardener 32 C

RECOMMENDED previous coat of Sigma Phenguard primer; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard coating
substrate temperature should be above 10 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322




* see additional data page 2/4

7435

SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above
15 C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15 C 20 min.
20 C 15 min.
25 C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 56 m
b. to reach TLV = 970 m
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m




page 3/4

7435

SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 6,6 5,3
dft in m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 m
max. dft when brushing: 60 m

Overcoating table for substrate
Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 32 24 16 12
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,
8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10 C 14 days
15 C 14 days
20 C 10 days
30 C 7 days
40 C 5 days
minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)

179115 pink 6007002200
page 4/4
7435 SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING
December 1999
Pot life 10C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 4 hours
30C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7436

SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy finish

PRINCIPAL finish coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible
oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents
maximum cargo flexibility
low cargo absorption
good resistance to hot water
food certificate, see sheet 1884
Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface
easy to clean

COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey (green on request) - eggshell

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 100 m
Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *
max. 21 days *
Full cure after see curing table *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25 C, hardener 32 C

RECOMMENDED previous coat of Sigma Phenguard coating; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of
Sigma Phenguard finish
substrate temperature should be above 10 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3141
tankcoatings system sheet 3322




* see additional data page 2/4

7436

SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15 C 20 min.
20 C 15 min.
25 C 10 min.
Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m
b. to reach TLV = 967 m
Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m
b. to reach TLV = 4468 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m



page 3/4

7436

SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 6,6 5,3
dft in m 100 125
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 m
max. dft when brushing: 60 m

Overcoating table for substrate
Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 32 24 16 12
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 25 21 14 7
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating
temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,
8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater
10 C 14 days
15 C 14 days
20 C 10 days
30 C 7 days
40 C 5 days
minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before
transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months
for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer
to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List
for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be
substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing
degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time
between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and
3rd coat (see overcoating details)

179116 green 4000002200
179118 grey 5000002200
page 4/4
7436 SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH
December 1999
Pot life 10C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 4 hours
30C 1,5 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7443

SIGMAGUARD CSF

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products
CHARACTERISTICS good resistance to various chemicals
one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with
excellent corrosion resistance
can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)
eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
good visibility due to light colour
recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against
aircraft fuel and fuel degradation

COLOURS AND GLOSS green - gloss

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 17 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m /l for 300 m *
Touch dry after 8 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 m
AND TEMPERATURES suitable primer; Sigmacover primer 7413 or Sigmarite sealer 7420
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine 1 x 300 m Sigmaguard CSF




* see additional data page 2/4

7443

SIGMAGUARD CSF

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20 C
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated
to approx. 30 C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)
Nozzle pressure at 20 C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
at 30 C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility



page 3/4

7443

SIGMAGUARD CSF

December 1999

Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 1 m
b. to reach TLV = 22 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 3,3 2,5
dft in m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 m
max. dft when brushing: 150 - 200 m

measuring wet film thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 m

measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating table
with Sigmaguard CSF
(spot repair and
stripe coating)



substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 80 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 20 20 20 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

179131 green 4000002200
page 4/4
7443 SIGMAGUARD CSF
December 1999
Curing table substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
5C 60 hours 15 days
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20C 60 min.
(at application viscosity) 30C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/3

7447 SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy
coating

PRINCIPAL excellent abrasion and impact resistance
CHARACTERISTICS long term protection for areas subject to heavy wear and tear
excellent resistance to corrosion
very low water permeability, due to glassflake barrier
tar free
resistant to splash and spillage of a wide range of chemicals
application and curing at temperatures down to 5 C

COLOURS AND GLOSS black (other colours on request) - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 84 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 Lb/gal - 195 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 400 m
Theoretical spreading rate 2,1 m /l for 400 m *
Touch dry after 2-3 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *
max. 30 days *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 27 C, hardener 24 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2; blasting profile (R
z
)50-100 m
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS primed steel; (Sigmacover primer); dry and free from any contamination
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 76 : 24
the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15 C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential
thinner should be added after mixing the components
179367 black 8000002200
page 2/3
7447 SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
December 1999
Induction time 10 min. at 20C
Pot life at 20C 1,5 hours *
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft of about 400 m
Nozzle orifice 0,53 - 0,78 mm (= approx. 0,021 - 0,031 in)
Nozzle pressure 19 - 22,5 MPa (= approx. 190 - 225 bar; 2700 - 3200 p.s.i.)
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm (= approx. 0,062 - 0,079 in)
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
due to thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although
this does not affect performance
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m/l 3,4 2,1
dft in m 250 400
Overcoating table substrate
for epoxy paints temperature 5C 10C 20C 30C 40C
minimum 48 24 16 12 8
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 28 14
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
December 1999
179367 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7447 SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE
Curing table for dft substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure
up to 400 m temperature
5C 16 hours 30 hours 10 days
10C 8 hours 16 hours 7 days
20C 3 hours 8 hours 5 days
30C 2 hours 5 hours 4 days
40C 1 hour 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 1,5 hours
30C 45 min.
40C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/3

7448

SIGMAGUARD HS
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL excellent water and chemical resistance
CHARACTERISTICS suitable for waste water of pH 2-10
good abrasion resistance particularly to waste water slurries
easy to clean
UV exposure may adversely affect colour and gloss

COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 86,0 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,2 lb/gal - 145 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 150-250 m
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m /l for 150 m
Touch dry after 3 - 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 20 hours *
max. 5 days *
Full cure after 10 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 18 C, hardener 65 C

RECOMMENDED suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer preferred for waste
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS water exposure)
AND TEMPERATURES dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above dew
point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77 : 23
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 3 hours *




* see additional data page 2/3

7448

SIGMAGUARD HS
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH max. dft 75 m
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /litre 4,3 3,4 1,7
dft in m 200 250 500

Overcoating table substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 4 2 16 10 8
interval days days hours hours hours
maximum 14 7 5 2 2
interval days days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
179526 green 4000002200
179528 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7448 SIGMAGUARD HS
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to full
temperature handle cure
5C 5 days 21 days
10C 2 days 15 days
20C 16 hours 10 days
30C 10 hours 5 days
40C 8 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 15C 4 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 3 hours
25C 2 hours
30C 1,5 hours
40C 1 hour
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


Page 1/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 1-1997

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL one or two coat tank coating system
CHARACTERISTICS very suitable in glassfibre reinforced systems
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70 C
suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
good visibility due to light colour
glossy and smooth appearance
easy to clean
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment
eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
non-flammable
suitable for the carriage and storage of dry solid foods
approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels
suitable for contact with liquid food stuffs

COLOURS AND GLOSS green and cream - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 m - 600 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m /l for 300 m *
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life
(min 10 C and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISOSa2,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50100 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5 C during application and
curing and at least 3 C above dew point
steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,
clean and free from any contamination


Page 2/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD


December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22
when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20 C
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 1 hour *
Note special working procedure is available

AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1
pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure at 20 C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
at 30 C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility




page 3/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 3,3 1,7
dft in m 300 600
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 m
max. dft when brushing: 150 m

measuring wet film thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 m

measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device


Overcoating table with
Sigma Novaguard (spot
repair and stripe coating)




substrate
temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours
maximum 3 2 1
interval months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

179642 cream 3012002200
180205 green 4000002200
page 4/4
7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained
during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7456

SIGMACOVER CM COATING
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems
CHARACTERISTICS for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land and marine
conditions
can be recoated with two component and conventional coatings even
after long weathering periods
excellent durability
tough, with long term flexibility
will cure even at temperatures down to -10 C
a high relative humidity max. 95 %, during application and curing does
not influence the quality of the coating
good adhesion on aged epoxy coatings
easy application, both by airless spray and brush
resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals
COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 65 % by volume (white); 62-65 % (colours)
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 - 150 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 6,5 m /l for 100 m (white) *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *
max. unlimited
Curing time 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 24,5 C




* see additional data page 2/4

7456

SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999

RECOMMENDED previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10 C IS
AND TEMPERATURES acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above
15 C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application
viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10 C
none above 10 C
Pot life at 20 C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes




page 3/4

7456

SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 8,7 6,5 4,3
dft in m 75 100 150


Overcoating table
for Sigmacover
CM products




substrate
temperature -5 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, when cleaned from
interval chalking and contamination


Overcoating table
for chlorinated
rubber, Sigmadur
HB finish,
Sigmadur Gloss,
Sigmadur HB miocoat
and alkyd paints
substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 4 2 1 12 8 6
interval days days day hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking and
interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat


Overcoating table
for vinyl
and epoxy paints




substrate
temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8
interval days days days hours hours hours
maximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking and
interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat
Note Sigmacover CM coating should not be overcoated with tar epoxy coatings

179440 white 7000002200
page 4/4
7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
-10C 24-48 hours 20 days
- 5C 24-30 hours 14 days
0C 18-24 hours 10 days
5C 18 hours 8 days
10C 12 hours 6 days
15C 8 hours 5 days
20C 6 hours 4 days
30C 4 hours 3 days
40C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 10C 16 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 8 hours
30C 5 hours
35C 4 hours
40C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products
made by 5igma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability
of the product for its intended use.
5igma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. 5igma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/5

7472

SIGMA TCN 300

a five page issue December 1999
revision of 1-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL outstanding water and crude oil resistance
CHARACTERISTICS excellent corrosion resistance
good resistance against chemically polluted water
can be applied and cures at low temperatures (application possible down
to 5 C provided the substrate is free from ice)
good abrasion resistance
recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
resistant to well designed cathodic protection

COLOURS AND GLOSS black and brown - eggshell

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 71 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,4 lb/gal - 295 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 125-500 m (see system sheets)
Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m /l for 125 m *
Touch dry after 4 hours
Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *
max. 5 days *
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 25 C, hardener 26 C

RECOMMENDED for immersion in water, with cathodic protection
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
AND TEMPERATURES steel with zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
for immersion in water, without cathodic protection
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L
steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination



page 2/5

7472

SIGMA TCN 300

December 1999

for atmospheric exposure conditions
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2
steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L
steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or
SPSS-Pt3
existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any
contamination
in order to obtain the maximum resistance against chemical- and
mechanical influences the substrate temperature should be above 5 C
during application and curing
application at temperatures down to -5 C is possible but curing to
hardness takes considerably longer and complete resistance will be
reached when temperature increases
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheets 3101, 3102, 3106, 3107

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 86 : 14
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time allow minimum induction time before use
15 C 30 min.
20 C 15 min.
25 C 10 min.
for application temperatures below 5 C: 60 min.
Pot life at 20 C 6 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for a dft of 250 m
10 - 15 % for a dft of 125 m
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,64 mm (= 0,021 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 2 - 4 bar; 28 - 57 p.s.i.)




page 3/5

7472

SIGMA TCN 300

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER only for touch up and spot repair
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 58 m
b. to reach TLV = 892 m
Sigma thinner 91-79 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 164 m
b. to reach TLV = 3723 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 5,7 2,8 2,4 1,8 1,4
dft in m 125 250 300 400 500
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 m
max. dft when brushing(touch up and spot repair): 125 m

Overcoating table
for dft up to 250 m



with Sigma TCN 300 and
Sigma TCN tiecoat and
other compatible paints







substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum
interval 21 12 8 4 3
when exposed days days days days days
to direct
sunshine
maximum
interval 40 30 24 18 14
when not days days days days days
exposed
to direct
sunshine



page 4/5


7472

SIGMA TCN 300


December 1999

surface should be dry and free from any contamination
when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur
when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 250 m
applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended
as follows:
for 300 m : 2 times as long
for 400 m : 3 times as long
for 500 m : 4 times as long
adequate ventilation is required during application and curing
when application has to be executed at low temperature care should be
taken that the temperature of the mixed paint is at least 15 C, the
induction time should be increased to at least one hour

Curing table
for dft up to 250 m









initial cure full cure
substrate for exposure to seawater for immersion in
temperature and to slightly polluted polluted water or
atmosphere crude oil
5 C 96 hours
10 C 48 hours 15 days
15 C 30 hours 10 days
20 C 24 hours 7 days
30 C 18 hours 3 days
40 C 12 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Drydockings exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial curing time
if Sigma TCN 300 has been applied by means of hot airless spray,
exposure to seawater is permitted after an initial cure of 4 hours
at dfts ranging from 250 - 500 m applied in a one coat application the
curing times have to be doubled in order to obtain sufficient mechanical
strength
the mechanical strength, when cured at low temperature, is low initially,
but will increase quickly when exposed to seawater

Pot life 15 C 8 hours
(at application viscosity) 20 C 6 hours
25 C 5 hours
30 C 4 hours
35 C 2 hours

179000 black 8000002200
178998 brown 2000002200
page 5/5
7472 SIGMA TCN 300
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.r
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7475

SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

a four page issue January 2000
revision of 4-1999

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured modified epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL tankcoating for drinking water
CHARACTERISTICS can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
approved for potable water by:
National Institute of Public Health, Norway ref. no. Inr. SK 551/82, and
complies to Australian Standard AS 4020(Int)-1994
recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886

COLOURS AND GLOSS cream - gloss

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 0 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m /l at 300 m dft *
Touch dry after 8 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 12 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (Rz): 40 m-70 m
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS if a holding primer is required, Sigmaguard primer 15 (dft of 75 m)
AND TEMPERATURES should be used
concrete; blast cleaned to remove loose particles, laitance and
contamination
if a primer is required to withstand hydrostatic pressure, use Sigmacover
Armour Compound prior to application of Sigmaguard CSF 75
substrate temperature should be above 10 C and at least 3 C above
dew point




* see additional data page 2/4

7475

SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

January 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21
when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least
20 C
at lower temperature viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C approx. 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment, the paint must be heated
to approx. 30 C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure at 20 C (paint temperature) min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
at 30 C (paint temperature) min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask
should be used during spraying
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility




page 3/4

7475

SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

January 2000

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 3,3 2,5
dft in m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 m
max. dft when brushing: 100 m

measuring wet film thickness
a difference is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which
retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time
a practical recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the
specified dft plus 60 m

measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some days
after application due to the penetration of the measuring device into the
paint film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating with substrate
Sigmaguard CSF 75 temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 4 24 16 10
interval days hours hours hours
maximum 28 20 14 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

179135 cream 3012002200
page 4/4
7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75
January 2000
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure for
temperature drinking water
10C * 4 days 20 days
20C 1 day 12 days
30C 16 hours 7 days
40C 10 hours 5 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50 % or lower
for drinking water tanks Sigmaguard CSF 75 should not be applied at
temperatures below 10C and the curing times are longer in view of
unreacted components. Before using the freshly coated tanks, a
tankwash should be carried out (see appendix)
Pot life 20C 60 min.
(at application viscosity) 30C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products
made by 5igma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability
of the product for its intended use.
5igma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. 5igma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/5

7490

SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
a five page issue December 1999
revision of 8-98

DESCRIPTION two component flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured, epoxy
compound

PRINCIPAL seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties
CHARACTERISTICS suitable for the protection of steel and concrete
excellent resistance against impact and wear
excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions
resistant to splash of mild chemicals
can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application
application areas are, steelmills, powerplants, textile mills, decks of
ships and offshore installations
texture of surface is rough

COLOURS AND GLOSS white (other colours available on request) - flat

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 2,0 g/cm
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gallon - 0 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 3 - 5 mm
Theoretical spreading rate 0,2 m /l for 5000 m (= approx. 10 kg/m )
0,3 m /l for 3000 m (= approx. 6 kg/m )
Touch dry after 6 - 8 hours
Overcoating interval 1 - 7 days, depending on type of paint *
Curing time 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point base and hardener above 65 C
Consistency base - paste, hardener - mobile liquid

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, surface roughness (R
z
) 75-100 m
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS concrete: freed from laitance by blast cleaning
AND TEMPERATURES moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above dew
point




page 2/5

7490

SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION see relevant manuals:

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 90,4 : 9,6
the temperature of base and hardener when mixing the components
should be approx. 20 C
use always mechanical mixing equipment
add the hardener while stirring the base
mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained
do not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C approx. 30 minutes

APPLICATION a sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transported
from the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airless
spray gun.
Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are as
short as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binder
will be pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) material
behind. So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airless
spraying, just before the spraygun 5/8 inch).
APPLICATION WITH equipment such as type "swinger pump" Fizom A112tech spraysystems
LOW PRESSURE PUMP U.S.A.
Nozzle orifice approx. 5,6 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisation
Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4-6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)
equipment such as Swinger Pump (11 : 1 ratio motor Air
Tech spray equipment, Houston, TX)
Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mix
atomisation
Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4 - 6 bar; 57- 85 p.s.i.)

APPLICATION BY pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lid
PRESSURE VESSEL vessel should not contain more than 25 litres
before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit
hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres,
preferably in two lengths of 3,5 metres
at low temperature hoses have to be insulated
Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisation
Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)




page 3/5

7490

SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999

APPLICATION BY equipment such as "quick spray", carrousel pump and spraying equipment
DISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP (Quickspray Inc., Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)
Nozzle orifice approx. 4 - 5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)

APPLICATION BY TROWEL Sigmacover Armour compound can be applied and compacted by trowels
TOUCH UP damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with Sigmacover
Armour compound by means of filling knives
porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled with
Sigmacover Armour compound by hand (trowel/filling knife)
larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)
suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars
Note: other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest sales
office

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
AND PROCEDURE all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with Sigma
thinner 90-53, repeat if necessary

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating table substrate
for solvent borne paints temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 7 4 1 1
interval days days day day
maximum 30 30 30 30
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination




page 4/5

7490

SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999

Overcoating table substrate
for solvent free paints temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 1 day or immediately wet on wet
interval
maximum 30 30 30 30
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry to full
temperature dry handle cure
10 C 10-12 hours 48 hours 12 days
20 C 6- 8 hours 24 hours 7 days
30 C 4- 6 hours 16 hours 4 days
40 C 4- 4 hours 12 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 20 C 30 min.
30 C 15 min.

PHYSICAL DATA OF
CURED MATERIAL
Abrasion resistance 75 mg/1000 revs. (CS 17-1000 g weight)
(Taber Abraser)
Porosity no sparks at 35 KV at dft of 2 mm
(Isotest II R.T.)
Impact resistance 12 Nm (no break down with impact, ball is 10 mm)
Adhesion on steel 6 N/mm
(IS0-DIS 4624)
Tensile strength 11 N/mm
(ASTM D638)
Bending strength 26 N/mm
(ASTM D790)
Pressure strength 26 N/mm
(ASTM D695)
Elongation at break approx. 1,5 %
(ASTM D638)
Shore hardness approx. 65
(ASTM 2240)

.
Page 5/5
7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2

7499

SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR

a two page issue March 2000
revision of 10-95

DESCRIPTION a water soluble corrosion inhibitor to prevent rusting of wet blast cleaned
steel, formulated to be used in conjunction with suitable epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL soluble in water
CHARACTERISTICS phosphate free
non-inflammable
under reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperature above 0 C)
rusting will be prevented for a maximum of 48 hours; the treated surface
should be completely overcoated as early as possible during this period

COLOURS colourless

BASIC DATA AT 20 C
Mass density approx. 1 g/cm
Solids content approx. 75 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0.0 lb/gal - 0 g/l
Overcoating interval min.: suitable primers can be applied even when a wet blasted surface is
still damp, provided it is free from any visible water droplets or
running water; a dry substrate is always to be preferred
max.: 48 hours at reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperatures
above 0 C)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point above 65 C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE add 1 litre of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for the blasting
process, mix thoroughly
add 5 litres of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for rinsing, mix
thoroughly
epoxy primer should be applied as soon as possible
suitable primers are:
Sigmacover primer (7413)
Sigma Universal primer (7417)
before priming, the surface must be free of surplus water
in order to avoid an overconcentration of the inhibitor, the excess water
should be blown away with oil free compressed air

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and
relevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values

123618 0000001500
143668 0000003200
page 2/2
7499 SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR
March 2000
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413
Sigma Universal primer see product data sheet 7417
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7524

SIGMADUR HB FINISH

a four page issue February 2000
revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high build semigloss aliphatic polyurethane finish

PRINCIPAL recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
excellent colour and gloss retention (aluminium version becomes grey)
non-chalking, non-yellowing
cures at temperatures down to -5 C
tough and abrasion resistant
resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS full colour range and aluminium as RAL 9006 available - semi gloss

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Colours white aluminium
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm approx. 1,1 g/cm
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume approx. 48 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 369 g/l max. 3,9 lb/gal - 467 g/l
Recommended dry film 50-75 m 50-75 m
thickness depending on system depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m /l for 50 m, 9,6 m /l for 50 m,
7,5 m /l for 75 m * 6,4 m /l for 75 m *
Touch dry after 1 hour 1 hour
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours * min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days * 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months
Flash point base 28 C, hardener 38 C base 28 C, hardener 38 C

RECOMMENDED previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing a substrate, temperature down to -5 C is
acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%



* see additional data page 2/4

7524

SIGMADUR HB FINISH

February 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 0-5%
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 10-12%
Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (=approx. 3-4 bar; 40-60 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 0-5%

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading rate m /l
spreading rate colours 11,2 7,5
aluminium 9,6 6,4
dft in m 50 75



* see additional data page 3/4

7524

SIGMADUR HB FINISH

February 2000

Overcoating table substrate
for Sigmadur products temperature -5 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 30 16 9 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any contamination
interval
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss and or adversely affect film formation
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
5 C 48 hours 20 days
0 C 24 hours 16 days
10 C 12 hours 7 days
20 C 6 hours 5 days
30 C 5 hours 4 days
40 C 3 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10 C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20 C 4 hours
30 C 3 hours
40 C 2 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

various sap codes
183212 aluminium 9006262200
page 4/4
7524 SIGMADUR HB FINISH
February 2000
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7528

SIGMADUR GLOSS

a three page issue February 2000
revision of 3-1996

DESCRIPTION two component aliphatic polyurethane finish

PRINCIPAL recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure
excellent colour and gloss retention
non-chalking, non-yellowing
cures at temperatures down to 5 C
tough and abrasion resistant
resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS white and black, colours available on request - gloss

BASIC DATA (data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 56 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,3 lb/gal - 390 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 50-60 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m /l for 50 m *
Touch dry after 1 hour
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 28 C, hardener 38 C

RECOMMENDED previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES during application and curing, a substrate temperature down to 5 C
is acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85 %

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance
thinner should be added after mixing the components


page 2/3

7528

SIGMADUR GLOSS

February 2000
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (0,013 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 12 %
Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 40 - 60 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 11,2 9,3
dft in m 50 60


Overcoating table
for Sigmadur products





substrate
temperature 5 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 48 32 16 9 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited
interval
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
179291 white 7000002200
179309 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7528 SIGMADUR GLOSS
February 2000
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
5C 48 hours 20 days
0C 24 hours 16 days
10C 12 hours 10 days
20C 6 hours 7 days
30C 5 hours 5 days
40C 3 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction of gloss and/or adversely affect film formation
Pot life 10C 6 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 4 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products
made by 5igma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability
of the product for its intended use.
5igma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. 5igma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.
* see additional data page 1/3
7530 SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 11-1998
DESCRIPTION two component high solids semigloss polyurethane finish
PRINCIPAL recoatable polyurethane finish
CHARACTERISTICS excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
excellent colour and gloss retention
non-chalking, non-yellowing
cures at temperatures down to -5C
tough and abrasion resistant
resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic
petroleum products and mild chemicals
can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
COLOURS AND GLOSS colour range - semigloss
according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card
BASIC DATA AT 20C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m/l = 40,7 ft/US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 75 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,2 lb/gal - 275 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 10 m/l for 75 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited
Full cure after 7 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 42C, hardener 50C
RECOMMENDED previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be at least 3C above dew point
maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
* see additional data page 2/3
7530 SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
Pot life at 20C 5 hours *
Induction time none
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,42 mm (= 0,015 - 0,017 in)
Nozzle pressure 18 MPa (= approx. 180 bar; 2560 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28C)
Volume of thinner 0-5%
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m/l 10 7,5 6
dft in m 75 100 125
Overcoating table substrate
for Sigmadur products temperature -5C 0C 10C 20C 30C 40C
minimum 60 44 24 12 8 5
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited when cleaned from any
interval contamination
various sap codes
page 3/3
7530 SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS
December 1999
Curing table substrate temperatures touch dry full cure
5C 8 hours 22 days
0C 5 hours 18 days
10C 3 hours 10 days
20C 2 hours 7 days
30C 1 hour 4 days
40C 0,5 hours 3 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application
this may result in a reduction in gloss
Pot life 10C 7 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 5 hours
30C 3 hours
40C 2 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/5
7551

SIGMA SILGUARD MC


a five page issue December 1999
revision of 10-1997

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc rich (ethyl) silicate coating

PRINCIPAL tankcoating with excellent solvent and chemical resistance
CHARACTERISTICS to be used as tankcoating or as a system primer in various paint systems
based on unsaponifiable binders
can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from 90 C up to
+400 C, under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection
good impact and good abrasion resistance
certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient
recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyds register), see sheet 1886
must not be used for immersion in alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic
(less than pH 5.5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product cured at 20 C and 50 % RH)
Mass density approx. 2,7 g/cm
Solids content approx. 65 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 396 g/l
Recommended dry film average dft 75 m to 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on smooth
thickness non-pitted blast cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or light pitted, blast
cleaned steel
heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m /l for 75 m, 6,5 m /l for 100 m *
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months
pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)
Flash point binder 14 C; pigment above 65 C




* see additional data page 2/5
** see upgrading dft
7551

SIGMA SILGUARD MC


December 1999

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned in-situ to at least ISO-Sa2, completely free from
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS rust, scale, shop primer and contaminations, blasting profile (Rz)
AND TEMPERATURES 40-70 m
galvanized steel; sweep blasted to roughen the surface and to remove
any zinc salts which might be present
a heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable
substrate temperatures ranging from -5 C up to +90 C during
application are acceptable
at high substrate temperatures (above 40 C) Sigma Silguard MC must be
applied by spray and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be
added
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
relative humidity should be above 40%

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3323

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 74 : 26
add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a
mechanical mixer
stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder
do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint
strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
agitate continuously during application
at an application temperature above 30 C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 9 - 12 MPa (= approx. 90 - 120 bar; 1280 - 1710 p.s.i.)
Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be
used




page 3/5
7551

SIGMA SILGUARD MC


December 1999

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be
used

BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 m
next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25 %
by volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 m

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

UPGRADING DFT when for some reason the dft is below specification and an extra coat of
Sigma Silguard MC has to be applied, Sigma Silguard MC should be thinned
down with approx. 50 % Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible
wet coat that remains wet for some time

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Minimum ventilation air
quantity required for 1 litre of:
mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 76 m
b. to reach TLV = 924 m
Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m
b. to reach TLV = 3501 m

ADDITIONAL DATA very highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void
spaces in between the particles
film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 8,7 6,5 5,2
dft in m 75 100 125
above 150 m dft mudcracking can occur
min. dft for closed film with airless spray
(up to 50% Sigma thinner 90-53): 25 m
max. dft when brushing: 35 m



page 4/5
7551

SIGMA SILGUARD MC


December 1999

Overcoating table substrate
for RH of 50 % and higher temperature 5 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is dry and cleaned
interval from contamination and zinc salts
a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) Sigma Silguard MC should be sealed with approved coatings
Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should
be obtained
when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat
times are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application
by:
wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying
wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Silguard MC should always
be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be
observed

Curing table substrate curing time for non curing time for full
50 % RH and higher temperature immersion service resistance according
to resistance list
0 C 24 hours 4 days
10 C 18 hours 4 days
20 C 12 hours 2 days
30 C 6 hours 2 days
40 C 4 hours 2 days

179127 greenish grey 0000002135
page 5/5
7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC
December 1999
Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 0C 24 hours
(at application viscosity) 10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/3

7555

SIGMATHERM SILICATE
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION one component moisture curing (alkyl) silicate finish

PRINCIPAL heat resistant finish on top of suitable zinc silicate primers
CHARACTERISTICS can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90 C up to +400 C
under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
improves to a certain extent the corrosion resistance properties of a zinc
silicate primer
minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm
Solids content approx. 38 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 470 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 40 m * (25 m on top of the zinc silicate)
Theoretical spreading rate 9,5 m /l for 40 m
Touch dry after 60 min. at 20 C
Overcoating time min. 5 hours *
max. unlimited, contamination must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point 9 C

RECOMMENDED suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination
and zinc salts
AND TEMPERATURES during application substrate temperatures ranging from -5 C up to
+90 C
are acceptable
the substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
relative humidity should be above 50%

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE stir thoroughly till homogeneous
strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
agitate continuously during application
if partly used cans are closed properly, the product can be used later




page 2/3

7555

SIGMATHERM SILICATE
December 1999
AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 20 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,46 mm (= 0,015 - 0,018 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1710 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 30 %
Nozzle orifice 1,7-2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)
BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly
Film thickness and into the porous zinc silicate primer
spreading rate immediately after spraying the finish should have a completely wet
appearance
excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise
cracking and flaking may occur
theoretical spreading
rate m /l 9,5
dft in m 40
dft in m on top of zinc silicate approx. 25

Overcoating table substrate
at 50% RH and higher temperature -5 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 48 36 10 5 3
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is
interval dry and cleaned from any contamination
curing can be accelerated by spraying water on to the coated surface
4 hours after application
the surface should be (kept) wet for the next 4 hours
a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating interval
153167 aluminium 9000002180
page 3/3
7555 SIGMATHERM SILICATE
December 1999
Curing table for at substrate dry to full cure
50% RH and higher temperature handle
- 5C 2 hours 48 hours
0C 2 hours 36 hours
10C 1 hour 24 hours
20C 30 minutes 12 hours
30C 15 minutes 6 hours
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Air temperature see information sheet 1650
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/5
7558

SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

a five page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing zinc (alkyl) silicate primer

PRINCIPAL anticorrosive primer for structural steel
CHARACTERISTICS suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
can withstand substrate temperatures from 90 C up to +400 C, under
normal atmospheric exposure conditions
good low temperature curing
good impact and abrasion resistance
certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient
must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than
pH 5.5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 65% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness when used as a system primer with dft 60 m on smooth, non pitted,
blast cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or pitted, blast
cleaned steel
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m /l for 75 m *
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months
pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)
Flash point binder 16 C; pigment above 65 C




* see additional data page 2/5

7558

SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

December 1999

RECOMMENDED for immersion exposure
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS steel blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (R
z
) 40-70 m
AND TEMPERATURES steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweepblasted
to SPSS-Ss, welds rusty and damaged areas blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2
for atmospheric exposure
steel blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (R
z
) 40-70 m
steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present
substrate temperatures from -5 C up to +90 C during application are
acceptable
at high substrate temperatures (above 40 C) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 must
be applied by spray, and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to
be added
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 81 : 19
add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a
mechanical mixer
stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder
do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint
strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
agitate continuously during application
at an application temperature above 30 C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C) may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)




* see additional data page 3/5

7558

SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

December 1999

BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 m
next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53 (10-25 % by
volume), so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 m

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

UPGRADING DFT if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 58
has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be thinned down with
approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that
remains wet for some time

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 8,7 6,5
dft in m 75 100
please note: over application may lead to mud-cracking
Overcoating table substrate
for 50 % RH and higher temperature 5 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from
interval contamination and zinc salts
a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be sealed with approved coatings
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that
it only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should
be obtained




* see additional data page 4/5

7558

SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

December 1999

when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat times
are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:
wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying
wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should always
be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be
observed

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
50 % RH and higher temperature
5 C 2 hours 24 hours
0 C 2 hours 24 hours
10 C 1 hour 18 hours
20 C 30 minutes 12 hours
30 C 30 minutes 6 hours
40 C 30 minutes 4 hours
Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

179568 0000002185
page 5/5
7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58
December 1999
Pot life 0C 24 hours
(at application viscosity) 10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7560
SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 12-1997

DESCRIPTION two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (alkyl) silicate primer
(paste form)

PRINCIPAL anticorrosive primer for structural steel
CHARACTERISTICS suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on
unsaponifiable binders
galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion
two component binder and zinc paste
can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90 C up to
+400 C,
under normal atmospheric exposure conditions
good low temperature curing
good impact and abrasion resistance
must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than
pH 5,5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm
Solids content approx. 65% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l
Recommended dry film average dft 75 m with a minimum of 60 m on smooth
thickness non pitted blast cleaned steel
average dft 100 m with a minimum of 75 m on rough or pitted,
blast cleaned steel
Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m /l for 75 m
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 C
Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *
max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed
Curing time 12 hours
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point binder 12 C; zinc paste 26 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2, blasting profile (R
z
) 40-70 m
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shopprimed steel (zinc silicate); sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss to remove zinc
AND TEMPERATURES salts and contamination
weld seams, burned and rusty areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power
tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the
surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present



* see additional data page 2/4

7560
SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

December 1999

substrate temperatures from -5 C up to +60 C during application are
acceptable
at high substrate temperatures (above 40 C) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 must
be applied by spray and to avoid dry spray Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be
added
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: paste to binder 64,5 : 35,5
use a mechanical mixer
stir the paste thouroughly before adding the binder
add the binder gradually to the paste
stir thoroughly till homogeneous
do not mix in reverse order
strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen
agitate continuously during application
at an application temperature above 30 C addition of max. 10 vol % of
Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %
Nozzle orifice 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH only for touch up and spot repair
first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 m
next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25% by
volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 m

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

UPGRADING DFT if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 60
has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be thinned down with
approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat
that remains wet for some time



page 3/4

7560
SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

December 1999

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in
between the particles
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 10,8 8,7 6,5 5,2
dft in m 60 75 100 125


Overcoating table
for 50% RH and higher





substrate
temperature -5 C 0 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4
interval hours hours hours hours hours hours
maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is cleaned from
interval contamination and zinc salts
a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects
(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be sealed with approved coatings
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should
be obtained
when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat times
are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:
wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2
hours, followed by drying
wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should always
be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is
a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or
alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be
observed

179322 0000002180
page 4/4
7560
SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60
December 1999
Curing table
for 50% RH and higher
substrate temperature dry to handle full cure
5C 2 hours 24 hours
0C 2 hours 24 hours
10C 1 hour 18 hours
20C 30 minutes 12 hours
30C 30 minutes 6 hours
40C 30 minutes 4 hours
Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it
only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or
immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative
humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 0C 24 hours
(at application viscosity) 10C 16 hours
20C 12 hours
30C 6 hours
Worldwide rlavailability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate
and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma
Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to
the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge
and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting
from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this sheet is
current prior to using the product.


page 1/2

7563 SIGMATHERM SILOXANE
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 3-1997

DESCRIPTION heat resisting paint based on silicone resin

PRINCIPAL heat resistant up to 450 C
CHARACTERISTICS to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
good weather resistance
should preferably be applied by spray
a minimum temperature of 200 C is necessary to obtain sufficient cure

COLOURS AND GLOSS aluminium - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,1 g/cm
Solids content approx. 24,0% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 5,4 lb/gal - 645 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 30 m
Theoretical spreading rate 8 m /l for 30 m
Touch dry after 30 min. at 20 C
45 min. at 10 C
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours
max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months
Flash point 26 C

RECOMMENDED aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES previous coat; dry and free from any contamination
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point
by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply Sigmatherm siloxane
on top of a zinc silicate primer

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE power agitate to uniform consistency

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

186350 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
7563 SIGMATHERM SILOXANE
December 1999
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



page 1/2

7565

SIGMATHERM SILACRYL
a two page issue December 1999
revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION heat resisting finish paint based on a silicone/acrylic resin

PRINCIPAL heat resistant up to 350 C
CHARACTERISTICS widely compatible with organic and inorganic zinc primers
excellent gloss and colour retention
excellent resistance to weathering
easy to clean

COLOURS AND GLOSS white and aluminium - semigloss
other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
white aluminium
Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm approx. 1,1 g/cm
Solids content approx. 39% by volume approx. 42% by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 4,5 lb/gal - 540 g/l (for white)
Recommended dry film
thickness 25-30 m 25-30 m
Theoretical spreading rate 15,6 m /l for 25 m 16,8 m /l for 25 m
Touch dry after 1-2 hours 1-2 hours
Overcoating interval min. 18 hours min. 18 hours
max. unlimited max. unlimited
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months
Flash point 29 C 29 C

RECOMMENDED aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS contamination
AND TEMPERATURES suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil
MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination
and zinc salts
steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 and ISO-Sa3
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE power agitate to uniform consistency

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38-0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120-150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

186132 white 7000002200
168790 aluminium 9000002200
page 2/2
7565 SIGMATHERM SILACRYL
December 1999
AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice 1,5-2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3-4 bar; 43-57 p.s.i.)
BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only
CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25C)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additonal data page 1/4

7702

SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL designed as a system primer for various paint systems
CHARACTERISTICS good anticorrosive properties
quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total
repair
the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable
very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats

COLOURS AND GLOSS redbrown - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 2,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 66 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l
Recommended dry film 75-100 m depending on blasting profile;
thickness
Theoretical spreading rate 8,.8 m /l for 75 m *
Touch dry after 2h min. at 20 C *
Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *
max. several months *
Full cure after 7 days
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 29 C, hardener 26 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above
dew point



page 2/4

7702

SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time none
Pot life 8 hours at 20 C

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % depending on dft to be applied
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 % (depending on dft to be applied)
Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 13.2 8,8 6.6
dft in m 50 75 100



page 3/4

7702

SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

Overcoating table substrate
for dft 75-100 m temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 8 6 4 3
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum several months when free from
interval zinc salts and contamination
zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they
should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior
exposure conditions
in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be
tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be
reduced to the practical minimum
when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to
overcoat Sigmacover HS zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite
sealer
before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by
high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning
Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure
for dft 75-100 m temperature handle
10 C 5 hours 6 hours 20 days
15 C 3 hours 4 hours 10 days
20 C 2 hours 3 hours 7 days
30 C 1 hour 1.5 hour 5 days
Sigmacover HS zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5 C
and 10 C, but the curing rate will be very low
for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:
Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for
systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC for
systems exposed to immersed conditions
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

202554 redbrown 2008001800
page 4/4
7702 SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER
December 1999
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


page 1/3

7726 SIGMACOVER DTM COATING
a three page issue December 1999
revision of 2-1999

DESCRIPTION two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL can be used directly to metal
CHARACTERISTICS excellent corrosion resistance
resistant to well designed cathodic protection
outstanding (sea)water resistance
good abrasion resistance
good resistance against chemically polluted water
tar free
user friendly
very good surface wetting
simple volume mixing ratio should twin-feed application be preferred

COLOURS AND GLOSS limited colour range available

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm
Solids content approx. 80 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 lb/gal - 192 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 150 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 5,3 m /l for 150 m *
Touch dry after 3 hours
Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *
max. 28 days *
Ready for immersion 3 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 26 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS previous coat (e.g. Sigmacover DTM coating or other suitable primer
AND TEMPERATURES dry and free from any contamination and within the min. and max.
overcoating time
substrate temperature should be above 5 C and at least 3 C above
dew point

INSTRUCTION FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10 C
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance


page 2/3

7726 SIGMACOVER DTM COATING

December 1999
thinner should be added after mixing the components
see also attached application instructions
Pot life at 20 C 2 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91 - 92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 053 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

Note for stripe-coating a thinned down version of the standard product
can be used
for large projects or if specially required a stripe coating quality
is available

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90 - 53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 5,3
dft in m 150

Overcoating table
for dfts up to 150 m
with itself and Sigmadur
series



substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 36 24 16 8
interval hours hours hours hours
maximum 28 28 28 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

182345 offwhite 7001002200
190856 brown 2000002200
182348 black 8000002200
page 3/3
7726 SIGMACOVER DTM COATING
December 1999
Curing table
(minimum time)
minimum curing time
substrate for immersion in water
temperature
5C 10 days
10C 7 days
15C 5 days
20C 3 days
30C 2,5days
40C 1,5 day
Pot life 15C 3 hours
(at application viscosity) 20C 2 hours
30C 1 hour
40C 30 min.
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be
accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products
made by 5igma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are
based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and information are designed for users
having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability
of the product for its intended use.
5igma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. 5igma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or
damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating
otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product
development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure that this
sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
a four page issue December 1999
revision of 6-1999

DESCRIPTION two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy
coating

PRINCIPAL one or two coat system for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion
CHARACTERISTICS resistance
excellent impact and abrasion resistance
resistant to well designed cathodic protection
excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70 C
excellent water resistance
good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
good visibility due to light colour
glossy and smooth appearance
easy to clean
can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment
eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
noninflammable

COLOURS AND GLOSS light grey and black - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 400 m
Theoretical spreading rate 2,5 m /l for 400 m *
Touch dry after 6 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 2 months *
Full cure after 5 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (min. 10 C, dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISOSa2,
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50100 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature should be above 5 C during application and
curing and at least 3 C above dew point
steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,
clean and free from any contamination




* see additional data page 2/4

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20
when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20 C
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be used
Induction time none
Pot life at 20 C 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1
pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure at 20 C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
at 30 C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 9053 (flash point 30 C)
all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility




page 3/4

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 3,3 1,7
dft in m 300 600
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 m
max. dft when brushing: 150 m

measuring wet film thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 m

measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some
days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint
film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device


Overcoating table with
Sigma Novashield (spot
repair and stripe coating)




substrate
temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C
minimum 36 24 16
interval hours hours hours
maximum 3 2 1
interval months months month
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

195822 light grey
page 4/4
7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD
December 1999
Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
10C 30 hours 7 days
20C 16 hours 5 days
30C 10 hours 3 days
although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained
during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Pot life 20C 60 min.
30C 45 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.



* see additional data page 1/4

7785

SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

a four page issue January 2000
revision of 5-1999

DESCRIPTION two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL tank coating for drinking water
CHARACTERISTICS can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment
eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard
good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour
approved for drinking water by:
KIWA, Holland, ref. K12827/01,
The Water Quality Centre, UK, ref. M101323
Setsco Services PTE Ltd, Singapore, ref. H19631/ST
Hygiene-Institut des Ruhrgebiets, Germany, ref. W 1239/99/Ju
Folkehelsa, Norway, ref. 99/730-MINT/ARMI/523-2
NSF, USA, ref. Standard 061

COLOURS AND GLOSS blue - gloss

BASIC DATA (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
(data for mixed product at 20 C)
Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm
Solids content 100 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 5,3 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 300 m
Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m /l for 300 m dft *
Touch dry after 5 hours
Overcoating time min. 24 hours *
max. 20 days *
Full cure after 12 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base and hardener: above 65 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 m
AND TEMPERATURES substrate temperature must be above 10 C and at least 3 C above
dew point
if a holding primer is required Sigmaguard primer 15 can be used




* see additional data page 2/4

7785

SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

January 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21
when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least
20 C
at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application
no thinner should be used

Induction time 30 min. for a substrate temperature of 10 C
20 min. 20 C
10 min. 30 C
Pot life at 20 C approx. 90 min. *

AIRLESS SPRAY heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump
ratio and suitable high pressure hoses
in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling
down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line
heated high pressure hoses are used
in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated
to approx. 30 C in order to obtain the right application viscosity
length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)
Nozzle pressure at 20 C (paint temperature)
min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)
at 30 C (paint temperature)
min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)
all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life
time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good
visibility




page 3/4

7785

SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

January 2000

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical
spreading rate spreading rate m /l 3,3 2,5
dft in m 300 400
min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 m
max. dft when brushing: 100 m

measuring wet film thickness
a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the
real applied wft
this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which
the release of air in the paint film takes some time
recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus
60 m

measuring dry film thickness
because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some
days after application due to the penetration of the measuring device
into the soft paint film
the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness
placed in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating table
with Sigmaguard CSF 85
(spot repair and
stripe coating)



substrate
temperature 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 4 24 16 10
interval days hours hours hours
maximum 28 20 14 14
interval days days days days
surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure for
temperature drinking water
10 C * 4 days 20 days
20 C 1 day 12 days
30 C 16 hours 7 days
40 C 10 hours 5 days
* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower

189136 blue 1000002200
page 4/4
7785 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85
January 2000
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)
Sigmaguard CSF 85 must not be applied at temperatures below 10C
and for drinking water tanks a tank wash should be carried out after
full cure and before the tank goes into service (see appendix)
Pot life 20C 90 min.
(at application viscosity) 30C 60 min.
due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may
increase
Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.


* see additional data page 1/4

7802

SIGMA EP STEELINE

a four page issue December 1999
revision of 5-1999

DESCRIPTION two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy
primer/coating

PRINCIPAL general purpose epoxy primer/coating for steel subject to interior
CHARACTERISTICS exposure
can be recoated with two component and conventional paints
is free from lead and chromate containing pigments
tough, with long term flexibility
will cure at temperatures down to +5 C
easy application by airless spray

COLOURS AND GLOSS RAL colours eggshell, other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20 C (1 g/cm = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m /l = 40,7 ft /US gal)
Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm
Solids content approx. 64 % by volume
VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 333 g/l
Recommended dry film
thickness 75-125 m depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 8,5 m /l for 75 m, 5,1 m /l for 125 m *
Touch dry after 2 hours
Overcoating interval max. 6 months *
Full cure after 4 days *
(data for components)
Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months
Flash point base 26 C, hardener 24,5 C

RECOMMENDED steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2
SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5 C
AND TEMPERATURE is acceptable
substrate temperature should be at least 3 C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18
the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15 C,
otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity
too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure
thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10 C
none above 10 C
Pot life at 20 C 8 hours *



* see additional data page 2/4

7802

SIGMA EP STEELINE

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft
Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)
Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %
Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm
Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER
Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20 C)
Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30 C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet
this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation
of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and
exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA
Film thickness and theoretical spreading
spreading rate rate m /l 8,5 6,4 5,1
dft in m 75 100 125

Overcoating table for:
Sigma EP steeline
Sigma CM coating




substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 10 6 4 3 2
interval hours hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any
interval contamination




page 3/4

7802

SIGMA EP STEELINE

December 1999

Overcoating table for:
Sigmadur HB finish
Sigmadur HB miocoat
Sigmadur HS semigloss
Sigmadur gloss
and alkyd based finishes

substrate
temperature 5 C 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C
minimum 2 24 12 8 6
interval days hours hours hours hours
maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any
interval contamination

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure
temperature
5 C 18 hours 8 days
10 C 12 hours 6 days
15 C 8 hours 5 days
20 C 6 hours 4 days
30 C 4 hours 3 days
40 C 3 hours 2 days
adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10 C 16 hours
(at application viscosity) 15 C 10 hours
20 C 8 hours
30 C 5 hours
35 C 4 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on
a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes
necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.
Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

191791 base L 20 ltr
191793 base Z 20 ltr
page 4/4
7802 SIGMA EP STEELINE
December 1999
REFERENCES
Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411
Safety indications see information sheet 1430
Safety in confined spaces and health safety
Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431
Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433
Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434
Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490
Limitation of Liability - Ihe information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to
be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the
products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,
or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. Ihe products and
information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-
user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.
Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors
affecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability
arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there
are written agreements stating otherwise).
Ihe data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous
product development.
Ihis data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user's responsibility to ensure
that this sheet is current prior to using the product.